1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 45 #include <algorithm> 46 #include <cstring> 47 #include <functional> 48 using namespace clang; 49 using namespace sema; 50 51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 52 if (OwnedType) { 53 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 54 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 55 } 56 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 58 } 59 60 namespace { 61 62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 63 public: 64 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 65 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 66 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 67 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 68 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 69 } 70 71 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 72 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 73 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 74 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 75 else 76 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 77 } 78 79 private: 80 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 81 bool WantClassName; 82 }; 83 84 } 85 86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 88 switch (Kind) { 89 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 90 // token kind is a valid type specifier 91 case tok::kw_short: 92 case tok::kw_long: 93 case tok::kw___int64: 94 case tok::kw___int128: 95 case tok::kw_signed: 96 case tok::kw_unsigned: 97 case tok::kw_void: 98 case tok::kw_char: 99 case tok::kw_int: 100 case tok::kw_half: 101 case tok::kw_float: 102 case tok::kw_double: 103 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 104 case tok::kw_bool: 105 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 106 return true; 107 108 case tok::annot_typename: 109 case tok::kw_char16_t: 110 case tok::kw_char32_t: 111 case tok::kw_typeof: 112 case tok::annot_decltype: 113 case tok::kw_decltype: 114 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 115 116 default: 117 break; 118 } 119 120 return false; 121 } 122 123 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 124 /// return the declaration of that type. 125 /// 126 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 127 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 128 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 129 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 130 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 131 /// 132 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 133 /// and then return NULL. 134 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 135 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 136 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 137 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 138 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 139 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 140 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 141 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 142 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 143 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 144 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 145 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 147 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 148 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 149 150 if (!LookupCtx) { 151 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 152 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 153 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 154 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 155 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 156 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 157 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 158 // 159 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 160 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 161 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 162 return ParsedType(); 163 164 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 165 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 166 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 167 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 168 169 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 170 QualType T = 171 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 172 II, NameLoc); 173 174 return ParsedType::make(T); 175 } 176 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 181 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 182 return ParsedType(); 183 } 184 185 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 186 // lookup for class-names. 187 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 188 LookupOrdinaryName; 189 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 190 if (LookupCtx) { 191 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 192 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 193 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 194 // nested-name-specifier. 195 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 196 197 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 198 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 199 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 200 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 201 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 202 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 203 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 204 LookupName(Result, S); 205 } 206 } else { 207 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 208 LookupName(Result, S); 209 } 210 211 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 212 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 213 case LookupResult::NotFound: 214 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 215 if (CorrectedII) { 216 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 217 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 218 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 219 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 220 TemplateTy Template; 221 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 222 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 223 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 224 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 225 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 226 if (SS && NNS) { 227 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 228 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 229 } 230 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 231 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 232 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 233 // is handled elsewhere). 234 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 235 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 236 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 237 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 238 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 239 IsCtorOrDtorName, 240 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 241 if (Ty) { 242 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 243 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 245 if (SS && NNS) 246 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 247 *CorrectedII = NewII; 248 return Ty; 249 } 250 } 251 } 252 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 253 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 254 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 255 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 256 return ParsedType(); 257 258 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 259 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 260 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 261 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 262 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 263 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 264 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 265 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 266 return ParsedType(); 267 } 268 269 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 270 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 271 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 272 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 273 if (!IIDecl || 274 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 275 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 276 IIDecl = *Res; 277 } 278 } 279 280 if (!IIDecl) { 281 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 282 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 283 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 284 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 285 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 286 // a type name. 287 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 288 return ParsedType(); 289 } 290 291 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 292 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 293 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 294 // perform the name lookup again. 295 break; 296 297 case LookupResult::Found: 298 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 299 break; 300 } 301 302 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 303 304 QualType T; 305 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 306 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 307 308 if (T.isNull()) 309 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 310 311 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 312 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 313 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 314 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 315 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 316 // Construct a type with type-source information. 317 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 318 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 319 320 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 321 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 322 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 323 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 324 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 325 } else { 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 } 328 } 329 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 330 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 331 if (!HasTrailingDot) 332 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 333 } 334 335 if (T.isNull()) { 336 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 337 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 338 return ParsedType(); 339 } 340 return ParsedType::make(T); 341 } 342 343 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 344 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 345 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 346 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 347 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 348 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 349 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 350 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 351 LookupName(R, S, false); 352 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 353 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 354 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 355 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 356 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 357 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 358 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 359 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 360 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 361 } 362 } 363 364 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 365 } 366 367 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 368 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 369 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 370 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 371 /// @code 372 /// template<class T> class A { 373 /// public: 374 /// typedef int TYPE; 375 /// }; 376 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 377 /// public: 378 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 379 /// }; 380 /// @endcode 381 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 382 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 383 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 384 385 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 386 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 387 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 388 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 389 return true; 390 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 391 } 392 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 393 } 394 395 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 396 SourceLocation IILoc, 397 Scope *S, 398 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 399 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 400 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 401 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 402 403 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 404 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 405 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 406 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 407 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 408 Validator)) { 409 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 410 // We corrected to a keyword. 411 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 412 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 413 } else { 414 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 415 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 416 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 417 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 418 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 419 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 420 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 421 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 422 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 423 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 424 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 425 } else { 426 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 427 } 428 429 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 430 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 431 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 432 SourceRange(IILoc)); 433 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 434 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 435 false, ParsedType(), 436 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 437 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 438 } 439 return true; 440 } 441 442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 443 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 444 UnqualifiedId Name; 445 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 446 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 447 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 448 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 449 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 450 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 451 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 452 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 453 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 454 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 455 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 456 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 457 } 458 return true; 459 } 460 } 461 462 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 463 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 464 465 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 466 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 467 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 468 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 469 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 470 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 471 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 472 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 473 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 474 475 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 476 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 477 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 478 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 479 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 480 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 481 } else { 482 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 483 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 484 } 485 486 return true; 487 } 488 489 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 490 /// or 491 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 492 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 493 NextToken.is(tok::less); 494 495 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 496 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 497 return true; 498 499 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 500 return true; 501 } 502 503 return false; 504 } 505 506 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 507 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 508 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 509 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 510 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 511 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 512 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 const char *TagName = 0; 514 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 515 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 516 case TTK_Class: 517 TagName = "class"; 518 FixItTagName = "class "; 519 break; 520 521 case TTK_Enum: 522 TagName = "enum"; 523 FixItTagName = "enum "; 524 break; 525 526 case TTK_Struct: 527 TagName = "struct"; 528 FixItTagName = "struct "; 529 break; 530 531 case TTK_Interface: 532 TagName = "__interface"; 533 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 534 break; 535 536 case TTK_Union: 537 TagName = "union"; 538 FixItTagName = "union "; 539 break; 540 } 541 542 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 543 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 544 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 545 546 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 547 I != IEnd; ++I) 548 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 549 << Name << TagName; 550 551 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 552 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 553 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 554 return true; 555 } 556 557 return false; 558 } 559 560 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 561 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 562 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 563 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 564 565 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 566 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 567 568 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 569 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 570 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 571 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 572 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 573 } 574 575 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 576 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 577 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 578 SourceLocation NameLoc, 579 const Token &NextToken, 580 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 581 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 582 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 583 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 584 585 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 586 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 587 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 588 589 } 590 591 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 592 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 593 594 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 595 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 596 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 597 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 598 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 599 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 600 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 601 return E; 602 } 603 604 bool SecondTry = false; 605 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 606 607 Corrected: 608 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 609 case LookupResult::NotFound: 610 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 611 // call. 612 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 613 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 614 // FIXME: Reference? 615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 616 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 617 618 // C90 6.3.2.2: 619 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 620 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 621 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 622 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 623 // the function call, the declaration 624 // 625 // extern int identifier (); 626 // 627 // appeared. 628 // 629 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 630 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 631 Result.addDecl(D); 632 Result.resolveKind(); 633 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 634 } 635 } 636 637 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 638 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 639 // "struct", or "union". 640 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 641 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 642 break; 643 } 644 645 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 646 // close to this name. 647 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 648 SecondTry = true; 649 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 650 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 651 &SS, *CCC)) { 652 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 653 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 654 655 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 656 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 657 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 659 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 660 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 661 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 662 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 663 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 664 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 665 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 666 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 667 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 668 } 669 670 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 671 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 672 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 673 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 674 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 675 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 676 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 677 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 678 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 679 } 680 681 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 682 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 683 684 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 685 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 686 return Name; 687 688 // Also update the LookupResult... 689 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 690 Result.clear(); 691 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 692 if (FirstDecl) 693 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 694 695 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 696 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 697 // reference the ivar. 698 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 699 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 700 Result.clear(); 701 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 702 return E; 703 } 704 705 goto Corrected; 706 } 707 } 708 709 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 710 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 711 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 712 713 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 714 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 715 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 716 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 717 718 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 719 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 720 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 721 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 722 // qualified by the keyword typename. 723 // 724 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 725 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 726 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 727 // keyword here. 728 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 729 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 730 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 731 } 732 733 case LookupResult::Found: 734 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 735 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 736 break; 737 738 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 740 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 741 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 742 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 743 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 744 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 745 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 746 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 747 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 748 // ambiguous. 749 // 750 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 751 // so try again after filtering out template names. 752 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 753 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 754 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 755 break; 756 } 757 } 758 759 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 760 return NameClassification::Error(); 761 } 762 763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 764 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 765 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 766 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 767 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 768 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 769 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 770 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 771 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 772 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 773 774 if (!Result.empty()) { 775 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 776 bool IsVarTemplate; 777 TemplateName Template; 778 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 779 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 780 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 781 Result.end()); 782 } else { 783 TemplateDecl *TD 784 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 785 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 786 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 787 788 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 789 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 790 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 791 TD); 792 else 793 Template = TemplateName(TD); 794 } 795 796 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 797 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 798 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 799 // to based on which function we selected. 800 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 801 802 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 803 } 804 805 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 806 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 807 } 808 } 809 810 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 811 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 812 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 813 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 814 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 815 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 816 return ParsedType::make(T); 817 } 818 819 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 820 if (!Class) { 821 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 822 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 823 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 824 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 825 } 826 827 if (Class) { 828 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 829 830 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 831 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 832 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 833 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 834 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 835 } 836 837 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 838 return ParsedType::make(T); 839 } 840 841 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 842 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 843 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 844 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 845 846 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 847 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 848 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 849 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 850 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 851 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 852 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 853 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 854 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 855 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 856 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 857 return ParsedType::make(T); 858 } 859 860 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 861 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 862 863 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 864 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 865 } 866 867 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 868 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 869 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 870 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 871 872 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 873 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 874 // the context we'll need to return to. 875 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 876 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 877 878 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 879 // lexical context. 880 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 881 return DC; 882 883 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 884 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 885 // class is the context we need to return to. 886 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 887 DC = RD; 888 889 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 890 // declared in. 891 return DC; 892 } 893 894 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 895 } 896 897 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 898 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 899 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 900 CurContext = DC; 901 S->setEntity(DC); 902 } 903 904 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 905 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 906 907 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 908 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 909 } 910 911 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 912 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 913 /// 914 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 915 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 916 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 917 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 918 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 919 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 920 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 921 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 922 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 923 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 924 // namespace. 925 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 926 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 927 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 928 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 929 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 930 931 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 932 933 #ifndef NDEBUG 934 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 935 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 936 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 937 #endif 938 939 CurContext = DC; 940 S->setEntity(DC); 941 } 942 943 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 944 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 945 946 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 947 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 948 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 949 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 950 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 951 952 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 953 // disappear. 954 } 955 956 957 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 958 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 959 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 960 // We assume that the caller has already called 961 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 962 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 963 } 964 if (!FD) 965 return; 966 967 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 968 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 969 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 970 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 971 CurContext = FD; 972 S->setEntity(CurContext); 973 974 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 975 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 976 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 977 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 978 S->AddDecl(Param); 979 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 980 } 981 } 982 } 983 984 985 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 986 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 987 // rather than the top-level class. 988 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 989 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 990 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 991 } 992 993 994 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 995 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 996 /// 997 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 998 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 999 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1000 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1001 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1002 /// attribute. 1003 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1004 ASTContext &Context) { 1005 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1006 return true; 1007 1008 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1009 return true; 1010 1011 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1012 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1013 } 1014 1015 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1016 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1017 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1018 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1019 // scope. 1020 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1021 S = S->getParent(); 1022 1023 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1024 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1025 // into any context. 1026 if (AddToContext) 1027 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1028 1029 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1030 // are function-local declarations. 1031 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1033 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1034 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1035 return; 1036 1037 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1038 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1039 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1040 return; 1041 1042 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1043 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1044 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1045 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1046 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1047 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1048 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1049 1050 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1051 break; 1052 } 1053 } 1054 1055 S->AddDecl(D); 1056 1057 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1058 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1059 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1060 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1061 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1063 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1064 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1065 continue; 1066 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 1070 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1071 } else { 1072 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1073 } 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1077 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1078 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1079 } 1080 1081 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1082 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1083 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1084 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1085 } 1086 1087 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1088 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1089 do { 1090 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1091 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1092 return S; 1093 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1094 1095 return 0; 1096 } 1097 1098 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1099 DeclContext*, 1100 ASTContext&); 1101 1102 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1103 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1104 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1105 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1106 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1107 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1108 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1109 while (F.hasNext()) { 1110 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1111 1112 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1113 continue; 1114 1115 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1116 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1117 continue; 1118 1119 F.erase(); 1120 } 1121 1122 F.done(); 1123 } 1124 1125 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1126 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1127 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1128 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1129 } 1130 1131 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1132 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1133 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1134 while (F.hasNext()) 1135 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1136 F.erase(); 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139 } 1140 1141 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1142 /// @code 1143 /// class S { 1144 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1145 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1146 /// }; 1147 /// @endcode 1148 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1149 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1150 // the decl here. 1151 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1152 return false; 1153 1154 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1155 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1156 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1157 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1158 return false; 1159 } 1160 1161 // We need this to handle 1162 // 1163 // typedef struct { 1164 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1165 // } A; 1166 // 1167 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1168 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1169 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1170 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1171 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1172 // not. 1173 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1174 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1175 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1176 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1177 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 DC = DC->getParent(); 1181 } 1182 1183 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1184 } 1185 1186 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1187 // these semantics. 1188 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1189 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1190 return false; 1191 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1192 } 1193 1194 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1195 assert(D); 1196 1197 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1198 return false; 1199 1200 // Ignore class templates. 1201 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1202 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1203 return false; 1204 1205 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1206 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1207 return false; 1208 1209 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1210 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1211 return false; 1212 } else { 1213 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1214 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1215 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1216 return false; 1217 } 1218 1219 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1220 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1221 return false; 1222 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1223 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1224 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1225 // like "inline".) 1226 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1230 return false; 1231 1232 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1233 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1234 return false; 1235 } else { 1236 return false; 1237 } 1238 1239 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1240 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1241 } 1242 1243 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1244 if (!D) 1245 return; 1246 1247 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1248 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1249 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1250 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1251 } 1252 1253 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1254 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1255 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1256 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1257 } 1258 1259 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1260 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1261 } 1262 1263 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1264 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1268 return false; 1269 1270 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1271 return true; 1272 1273 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1274 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1275 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1276 return false; 1277 1278 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1279 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1280 1281 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1282 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1283 1284 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1285 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1286 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 } 1289 1290 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1291 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1292 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1293 return false; 1294 1295 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1296 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1297 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1298 return false; 1299 1300 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1301 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1302 return false; 1303 1304 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1305 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1306 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1307 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1308 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1309 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1310 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1311 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1312 return false; 1313 } 1314 } 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1319 } 1320 1321 return true; 1322 } 1323 1324 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1325 FixItHint &Hint) { 1326 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1327 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1328 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1329 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1330 return; 1331 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1332 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1333 } 1334 return; 1335 } 1336 1337 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1338 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1339 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1340 FixItHint Hint; 1341 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1342 return; 1343 1344 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1345 1346 unsigned DiagID; 1347 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1348 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1349 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1350 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1351 else 1352 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1353 1354 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1355 } 1356 1357 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1358 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1359 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1360 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1361 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1362 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1363 } 1364 1365 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1366 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1367 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1368 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1369 1370 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1371 I != E; ++I) { 1372 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1373 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1374 1375 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1376 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1377 1378 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1379 1380 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1381 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1382 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1383 1384 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1385 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1386 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1387 1388 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1389 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1390 } 1391 } 1392 1393 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1394 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1395 } 1396 1397 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1398 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1399 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1400 } 1401 1402 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1403 /// 1404 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1405 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1406 /// to the fixed name. 1407 /// 1408 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1409 /// 1410 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1411 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1412 /// 1413 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1414 /// class could not be found. 1415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1416 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1417 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1418 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1419 // creation from this context. 1420 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1421 1422 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1423 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1424 // find an Objective-C class name. 1425 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1426 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1427 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1428 Validator)) { 1429 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1430 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1431 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1432 } 1433 } 1434 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1435 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1436 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1437 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1438 return Def; 1439 } 1440 1441 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1442 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1443 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1444 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1445 /// ill-formed in C++: 1446 /// @code 1447 /// struct S6 { 1448 /// enum { BAR } e; 1449 /// }; 1450 /// 1451 /// void test_S6() { 1452 /// struct S6 a; 1453 /// a.e = BAR; 1454 /// } 1455 /// @endcode 1456 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1457 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1458 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1459 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1460 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1461 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1462 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1463 /// contain non-field names. 1464 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1465 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1466 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1467 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1468 S = S->getParent(); 1469 return S; 1470 } 1471 1472 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1473 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1474 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1475 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1476 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1477 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1478 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1479 return; 1480 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1481 1482 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1483 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1484 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1485 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1486 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1487 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1488 } 1489 1490 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1491 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1492 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1493 /// built-in. 1494 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1495 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1496 SourceLocation Loc) { 1497 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1498 1499 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1500 1501 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1502 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1503 switch (Error) { 1504 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1505 // Okay 1506 break; 1507 1508 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1509 if (ForRedeclaration) 1510 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1511 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1512 return 0; 1513 1514 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1515 if (ForRedeclaration) 1516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1517 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1518 return 0; 1519 1520 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1521 if (ForRedeclaration) 1522 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1523 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1524 return 0; 1525 } 1526 1527 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1530 << R; 1531 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1532 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1533 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1536 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1537 } 1538 1539 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1540 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1541 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1542 SC_Extern, 1543 false, 1544 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1545 New->setImplicit(); 1546 1547 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1548 // FunctionDecl. 1549 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1550 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1552 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1553 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1554 SourceLocation(), 0, 1555 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1556 SC_None, 0); 1557 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1558 Params.push_back(parm); 1559 } 1560 New->setParams(Params); 1561 } 1562 1563 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1564 1565 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1566 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1567 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1568 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1569 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1570 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1571 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1572 CurContext = SavedContext; 1573 return New; 1574 } 1575 1576 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1577 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1578 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1579 /// entity. 1580 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1581 NamedDecl *decl, 1582 LookupResult &previous){ 1583 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1584 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1585 return; 1586 1587 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1588 if (previous.empty()) 1589 return; 1590 1591 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1592 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1593 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1594 1595 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1596 if (!old->isHidden()) 1597 continue; 1598 1599 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1600 filter.erase(); 1601 } 1602 1603 filter.done(); 1604 } 1605 1606 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1607 QualType OldType; 1608 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1609 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1610 else 1611 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1612 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1613 1614 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1615 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1616 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1618 << Kind << NewType; 1619 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1620 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1621 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1622 return true; 1623 } 1624 1625 if (OldType != NewType && 1626 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1627 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1628 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1629 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1631 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1632 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1633 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1634 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1635 return true; 1636 } 1637 return false; 1638 } 1639 1640 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1641 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1642 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1643 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1644 /// 1645 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1646 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1647 // merging checks. 1648 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1649 1650 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1651 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1652 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1653 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1654 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1655 default: break; 1656 case 2: 1657 { 1658 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1659 break; 1660 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1661 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1662 break; 1663 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1664 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1665 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1666 break; 1667 } 1668 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1669 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1670 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1671 return; 1672 } 1673 case 5: 1674 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1675 break; 1676 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1677 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1678 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1679 return; 1680 case 3: 1681 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1682 break; 1683 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1684 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1685 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1686 return; 1687 } 1688 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1689 } 1690 1691 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1692 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1693 if (!Old) { 1694 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1695 << New->getDeclName(); 1696 1697 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1698 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1699 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1700 1701 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1702 } 1703 1704 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1705 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1706 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1707 1708 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1709 // with any extensions enabled. 1710 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1711 return; 1712 1713 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1714 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1715 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1716 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1717 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1718 } 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1721 return; 1722 1723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1724 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1725 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1726 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1727 // to the type to which it already refers. 1728 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1729 return; 1730 1731 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1732 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1733 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1734 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1735 // 1736 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1737 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1738 // 1739 // struct S { 1740 // typedef struct A { } A; 1741 // }; 1742 // 1743 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1744 // allow the above but disallow 1745 // 1746 // struct S { 1747 // typedef int I; 1748 // typedef int I; 1749 // }; 1750 // 1751 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1752 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1753 return; 1754 1755 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1756 << New->getDeclName(); 1757 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1758 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1759 } 1760 1761 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1762 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1763 return; 1764 1765 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1766 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1767 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1768 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1769 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1770 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1771 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1772 return; 1773 1774 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1775 << New->getDeclName(); 1776 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1777 return; 1778 } 1779 1780 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1781 /// attribute. 1782 static bool 1783 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1784 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1785 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1786 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1787 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1788 if (AA) 1789 return false; 1790 1791 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1792 switch (A->getKind()) { 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1794 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1795 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1798 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1799 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1800 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1801 case attr::GuardedBy: 1802 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1803 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1804 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1805 return false; 1806 default: 1807 ; 1808 } 1809 1810 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1811 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1812 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1813 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1814 if (Ann) { 1815 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1816 return true; 1817 continue; 1818 } 1819 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1820 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1821 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1822 return true; 1823 } 1824 1825 return false; 1826 } 1827 1828 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1829 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1830 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1831 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1832 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1833 return true; 1834 } 1835 1836 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1837 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1838 /// 1839 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1840 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1841 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1842 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1843 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1844 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1845 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1846 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1847 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1848 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1849 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1850 // in a case like: 1851 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1852 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1853 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1854 // definition in such a case. 1855 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1856 return false; 1857 1858 if (I->isAlignas()) 1859 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1860 1861 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1862 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1863 OldAlign = Align; 1864 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1865 } 1866 } 1867 1868 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1869 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1870 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1871 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1872 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1873 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1874 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1875 return false; 1876 1877 if (I->isAlignas()) 1878 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1879 1880 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1881 if (Align > NewAlign) 1882 NewAlign = Align; 1883 } 1884 1885 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1886 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1887 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1888 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1889 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1890 1891 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1892 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1893 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1894 QualType Ty; 1895 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1896 Ty = VD->getType(); 1897 else 1898 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1899 1900 if (OldAlign == 0) 1901 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1902 if (NewAlign == 0) 1903 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1904 } 1905 1906 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1907 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1908 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1909 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1910 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1911 } 1912 } 1913 1914 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1915 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1916 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1917 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1918 // equivalent alignment. 1919 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1920 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1921 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1922 // have no alignment specifier. 1923 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1924 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1925 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1926 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1927 } 1928 1929 bool AnyAdded = false; 1930 1931 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1932 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1933 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1934 Clone->setInherited(true); 1935 New->addAttr(Clone); 1936 AnyAdded = true; 1937 } 1938 1939 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1940 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1941 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1942 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1943 Clone->setInherited(true); 1944 New->addAttr(Clone); 1945 AnyAdded = true; 1946 } 1947 1948 return AnyAdded; 1949 } 1950 1951 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1952 bool Override) { 1953 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1954 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1955 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1956 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1957 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1958 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1959 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1960 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1961 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1962 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1963 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1964 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1965 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1966 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1967 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1968 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1969 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1970 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1971 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1972 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1973 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1974 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1975 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1978 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1979 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1980 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1981 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1982 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1983 NewAttr = 0; 1984 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1985 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1986 1987 if (NewAttr) { 1988 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1989 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1990 return true; 1991 } 1992 1993 return false; 1994 } 1995 1996 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1997 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1998 return TD->getDefinition(); 1999 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2000 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2001 if (Def) 2002 return Def; 2003 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2004 } 2005 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2006 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2007 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2008 return Def; 2009 } 2010 return NULL; 2011 } 2012 2013 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2014 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2015 I != E; ++I) { 2016 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2017 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2018 return true; 2019 } 2020 return false; 2021 } 2022 2023 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2024 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2025 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2026 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2027 return; 2028 2029 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2030 if (!Def || Def == New) 2031 return; 2032 2033 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2034 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2035 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2036 2037 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2038 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2039 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2040 else { 2041 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2042 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2043 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2044 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2045 : diag::err_redefinition; 2046 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2047 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2048 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2049 } 2050 ++I; 2051 continue; 2052 } 2053 2054 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2055 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2056 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2057 ++I; 2058 continue; 2059 } 2060 } 2061 2062 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2063 ++I; 2064 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2065 } 2066 2067 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2068 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2069 ++I; 2070 continue; 2071 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2072 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2073 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2074 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2075 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2076 // equivalent alignment. 2077 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2078 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2079 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2080 // have no alignment specifier. 2081 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2082 << AA->isC11(); 2083 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2084 << AA->isC11(); 2085 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2086 --E; 2087 continue; 2088 } 2089 } 2090 2091 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2092 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2093 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2094 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2095 --E; 2096 } 2097 } 2098 2099 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2100 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2101 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2102 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2103 return; 2104 2105 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2106 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2107 2108 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2109 return; 2110 2111 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2112 2113 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2114 // we process them. 2115 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2116 2117 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2118 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2119 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2120 i != e; ++i) { 2121 bool Override = false; 2122 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2123 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2124 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2125 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2126 switch (AMK) { 2127 case AMK_None: 2128 continue; 2129 2130 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2131 break; 2132 2133 case AMK_Override: 2134 Override = true; 2135 break; 2136 } 2137 } 2138 2139 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2140 foundAny = true; 2141 } 2142 2143 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2144 foundAny = true; 2145 2146 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2147 } 2148 2149 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2150 /// to the new one. 2151 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2152 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2153 Sema &S) { 2154 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2155 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2156 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2157 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2158 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2159 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2160 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2161 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2162 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2163 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2164 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2165 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2166 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2167 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2168 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2169 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2170 } 2171 2172 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2173 return; 2174 2175 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2176 2177 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2178 // done before we process them. 2179 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2180 2181 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2182 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2183 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2184 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2185 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2186 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2187 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2188 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2189 foundAny = true; 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2194 } 2195 2196 namespace { 2197 2198 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2199 /// C. 2200 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2201 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2202 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2203 QualType PromotedType; 2204 }; 2205 2206 } 2207 2208 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2209 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2210 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2211 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2212 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2213 2214 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2215 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2216 2217 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2218 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2219 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2220 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2221 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2222 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2223 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2224 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2225 } 2226 2227 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2228 } 2229 2230 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2231 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2232 /// GNU89 mode. 2233 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2234 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2235 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2236 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2237 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2238 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2239 } 2240 2241 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2242 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2243 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2244 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2245 return AT; 2246 } 2247 2248 template <typename T> 2249 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2250 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2251 if (DC->isRecord()) 2252 return false; 2253 2254 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2255 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2256 return true; 2257 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2258 return true; 2259 return false; 2260 } 2261 2262 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2263 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2264 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2265 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2266 /// 2267 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2268 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2269 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2270 /// merged with. 2271 /// 2272 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2273 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S, 2274 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2275 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2276 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2277 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2278 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2279 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2280 else 2281 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2282 if (!Old) { 2283 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2284 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2285 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2286 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2287 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2288 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2289 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2290 return true; 2291 } 2292 2293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2294 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2295 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2296 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2297 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2298 return true; 2299 } 2300 2301 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2302 << New->getDeclName(); 2303 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2304 return true; 2305 } 2306 2307 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2308 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2309 return true; 2310 2311 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2312 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2313 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2314 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2315 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2316 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2317 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2318 else 2319 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2320 2321 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2322 // is an extern inline function. 2323 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2324 // storage classes. 2325 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2326 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2327 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2328 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2329 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2330 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2331 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2332 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2333 } else { 2334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2335 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2336 return true; 2337 } 2338 } 2339 2340 2341 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2342 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2343 // convention of the first. 2344 // 2345 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2346 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2347 // 2348 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2349 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2350 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2351 // 2352 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2353 // other tests to run. 2354 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2355 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2356 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2357 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2358 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2359 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2360 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2361 2362 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2363 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2364 const FunctionType *FT = 2365 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2366 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2367 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2368 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2369 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2370 // there but not here. 2371 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2372 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2373 } else { 2374 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2375 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2376 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2377 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2378 << !FirstCCExplicit 2379 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2380 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2381 2382 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2383 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2384 return true; 2385 } 2386 } 2387 2388 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2389 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2390 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2391 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2392 } 2393 2394 // Merge regparm attribute. 2395 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2396 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2397 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2399 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2400 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2401 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2402 return true; 2403 } 2404 2405 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2406 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2407 } 2408 2409 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2410 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2411 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2413 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2414 return true; 2415 } 2416 2417 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2418 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2419 } 2420 2421 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2422 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2423 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2424 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2425 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2426 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2427 } 2428 2429 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2430 // UndefinedButUsed. 2431 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2432 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2433 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2434 Old->isUsed(false) && 2435 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2436 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2437 SourceLocation())); 2438 2439 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2440 // about it. 2441 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2442 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2443 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2444 } 2445 2446 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2447 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2448 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2449 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2450 // cannot be overloaded. 2451 2452 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2453 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2454 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2455 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2456 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2457 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2458 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2459 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2460 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2461 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2462 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2463 QualType ResQT; 2464 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2465 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2466 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2467 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2468 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2469 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2470 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2471 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2472 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2473 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2474 else 2475 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2476 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2477 return true; 2478 } 2479 else 2480 NewQType = ResQT; 2481 } 2482 2483 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2484 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2485 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2486 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2487 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2488 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2489 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2490 New->setType( 2491 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2492 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2493 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2494 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2495 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2496 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2497 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2498 } 2499 } 2500 2501 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2502 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2503 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2504 // Preserve triviality. 2505 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2506 2507 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2508 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2509 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2510 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2511 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2512 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2513 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2514 2515 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2516 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2517 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2518 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2519 // is a static member function declaration. 2520 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2522 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2523 return true; 2524 } 2525 2526 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2527 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2528 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2529 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2530 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2531 unsigned NewDiag; 2532 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2533 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2534 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2535 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2536 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2537 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2538 else 2539 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2540 2541 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2542 } else { 2543 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2544 << New << New->getType(); 2545 } 2546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2547 2548 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2549 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2550 // 2551 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2552 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2553 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2554 if (isFriend) { 2555 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2556 } else { 2557 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2558 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2559 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2560 return true; 2561 } 2562 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2563 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2564 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2565 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2566 return true; 2567 } 2568 } 2569 2570 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2571 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2572 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2573 // attribute. 2574 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2575 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2576 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2577 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2578 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2579 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2580 } 2581 2582 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2583 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2584 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2585 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2586 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2587 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2588 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2589 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2590 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2591 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2592 } 2593 2594 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2595 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2596 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2597 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2598 2599 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2600 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2601 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2602 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2603 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2604 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2605 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2606 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2607 } 2608 2609 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2610 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2611 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2612 // 2613 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2614 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2615 // linkage within class scope. 2616 // 2617 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2618 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2620 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2621 } else { 2622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2623 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2624 return true; 2625 } 2626 } 2627 2628 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2629 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2630 2631 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2632 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2633 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2634 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2635 // when we instantiate the function. 2636 return false; 2637 } 2638 2639 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2640 } 2641 2642 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2643 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2644 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2645 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2646 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2647 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2648 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2649 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2650 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2651 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2652 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2653 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2654 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2655 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2656 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2657 ParamTypes, 2658 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2659 New->setType(NewQType); 2660 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2661 2662 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2663 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2664 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2665 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2666 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2667 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2668 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2669 SourceLocation(), 2670 SourceLocation(), 0, 2671 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2672 SC_None, 2673 0); 2674 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2675 Param->setImplicit(); 2676 Params.push_back(Param); 2677 } 2678 2679 New->setParams(Params); 2680 } 2681 2682 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2683 } 2684 2685 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2686 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2687 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2688 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2689 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2690 // the prototype. 2691 // 2692 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2693 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2694 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2695 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2696 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2697 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2698 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2699 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2700 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2701 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2702 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2703 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2704 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2705 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2706 2707 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2708 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2709 NewProto->getResultType()); 2710 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2711 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2712 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2713 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2714 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2715 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2716 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2717 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2718 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2719 NewParm->getType(), 2720 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2721 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2722 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2723 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2724 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2725 } else 2726 LooseCompatible = false; 2727 } 2728 2729 if (LooseCompatible) { 2730 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2731 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2732 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2733 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2734 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2735 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2736 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2737 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2738 } 2739 2740 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2741 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2742 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2743 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2744 } 2745 2746 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2747 } 2748 2749 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2750 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2751 2752 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2753 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2754 unsigned BuiltinID; 2755 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2756 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2757 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2758 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2760 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2761 << Old << Old->getType(); 2762 2763 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2764 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2765 // 2766 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2767 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2768 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2769 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2770 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2771 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2772 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2773 2774 return false; 2775 } 2776 2777 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2778 } 2779 2780 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2781 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2782 return true; 2783 } 2784 2785 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2786 /// known to be compatible. 2787 /// 2788 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2789 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2790 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2791 /// redeclaration of Old. 2792 /// 2793 /// \returns false 2794 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2795 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2796 // Merge the attributes 2797 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2798 2799 // Merge "pure" flag. 2800 if (Old->isPure()) 2801 New->setPure(); 2802 2803 // Merge "used" flag. 2804 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2805 New->setIsUsed(); 2806 2807 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2808 // declarations. 2809 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2810 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2811 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2812 *this); 2813 2814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2815 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2816 2817 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2818 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2819 // was visible. 2820 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2821 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2822 New->setType(Merged); 2823 2824 return false; 2825 } 2826 2827 2828 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2829 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2830 2831 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2832 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2833 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2834 : AMK_Override; 2835 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2836 2837 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2838 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2839 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2840 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2841 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2842 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2843 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2844 2845 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2846 } 2847 2848 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2849 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2850 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2851 /// 2852 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2853 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2854 /// is attached. 2855 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2856 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2857 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2858 return; 2859 2860 QualType MergedT; 2861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2862 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2863 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2864 return; 2865 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2866 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2867 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2868 } 2869 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2870 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2871 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2872 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2873 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2874 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2875 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2876 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2877 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2878 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2879 NewArray->getElementType())) 2880 MergedT = New->getType(); 2881 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2882 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2883 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2884 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2885 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2886 NewArray->getElementType())) 2887 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2888 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2889 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2890 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2891 Old->getType()); 2892 } 2893 } else { 2894 // C 6.2.7p2: 2895 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 2896 // compatible type. 2897 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2898 } 2899 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2900 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 2901 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 2902 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 2903 // equivalent. 2904 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 2905 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 2906 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2907 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 2908 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 2909 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 2910 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2911 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 2912 return; 2913 } 2914 2915 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 2916 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 2917 // 2918 // extern int arr[]; 2919 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 2920 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 2921 // 2922 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 2923 // to diagnose it. 2924 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2925 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2926 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2927 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2928 } 2929 2930 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2931 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 2932 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2933 New->setType(MergedT); 2934 } 2935 2936 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 2937 LookupResult &Previous) { 2938 // C11 6.2.7p4: 2939 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 2940 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 2941 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 2942 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 2943 // declaration becomes the composite type. 2944 // 2945 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 2946 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 2947 return false; 2948 2949 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2950 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 2951 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 2952 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 2953 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 2954 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 2955 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2956 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 2957 } else { 2958 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 2959 // type unless we're in the same function. 2960 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2961 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2962 } 2963 } 2964 2965 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2966 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2967 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2968 /// 2969 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2970 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2971 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2972 /// 2973 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2974 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2975 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2976 return; 2977 2978 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 2979 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2980 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2981 (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2982 if (New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 2983 Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0; 2984 else 2985 Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old; 2986 } 2987 if (!Old) { 2988 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2989 << New->getDeclName(); 2990 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2991 diag::note_previous_definition); 2992 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2993 } 2994 2995 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2996 return; 2997 2998 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2999 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3000 // 3001 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3002 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3003 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3004 << New->getIdentifier(); 3005 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3006 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3007 } 3008 3009 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3010 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3011 // declaration 3012 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3013 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3014 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3015 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3016 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3017 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3018 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3019 } 3020 3021 // Merge the types. 3022 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3023 3024 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3025 return; 3026 3027 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3028 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3029 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3030 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3032 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3033 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3034 } 3035 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3036 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3037 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3038 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3039 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3040 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3041 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3042 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3043 // identifier has external linkage. 3044 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3045 /* Okay */; 3046 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3047 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3048 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3049 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3050 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3051 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3052 } 3053 3054 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3055 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3056 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3057 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3058 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3059 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3060 } 3061 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3062 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3063 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3064 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3065 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3066 } 3067 3068 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3069 3070 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3071 // need to check for mismatches. 3072 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3073 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3074 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3075 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3076 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3077 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3078 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3079 } 3080 3081 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3082 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3083 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3084 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3085 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3086 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3087 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3088 } else { 3089 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3090 // static and dynamic initialization. 3091 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3092 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3094 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3095 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3096 } 3097 } 3098 3099 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3100 const VarDecl *Def; 3101 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3102 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3103 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3105 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3106 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3107 return; 3108 } 3109 3110 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3111 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3112 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3113 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3114 return; 3115 } 3116 3117 // Merge "used" flag. 3118 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3119 New->setIsUsed(); 3120 3121 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3122 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3123 3124 // Inherit access appropriately. 3125 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3126 3127 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 3128 if (New->isStaticDataMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3129 VTD->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3130 } 3131 } 3132 3133 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3134 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3135 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3136 DeclSpec &DS) { 3137 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3138 } 3139 3140 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) { 3141 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3142 return; 3143 3144 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3145 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3146 // it is anonymous. 3147 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3148 return; 3149 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3150 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3151 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3152 return; 3153 } 3154 3155 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3156 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3157 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3158 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3159 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3160 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3161 } 3162 } 3163 3164 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3165 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3166 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3167 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3168 DeclSpec &DS, 3169 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3170 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3171 Decl *TagD = 0; 3172 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3173 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3174 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3175 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3176 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3177 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3178 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3179 3180 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3181 return 0; 3182 3183 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3184 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3185 // it's a Type. 3186 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3187 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3188 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3189 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3190 } 3191 3192 if (Tag) { 3193 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 3194 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3195 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3196 return Tag; 3197 } 3198 3199 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3200 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3201 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3202 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3203 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3204 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3205 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3206 } 3207 3208 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3209 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3210 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3211 if (Tag) 3212 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3213 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3214 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3215 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3216 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3217 else 3218 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3219 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3220 return TagD; 3221 } 3222 3223 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3224 3225 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3226 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3227 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3228 if (TagD && !Tag) 3229 return 0; 3230 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3231 } 3232 3233 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3234 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3235 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3236 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3237 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3238 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3239 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3240 // or an explicit specialization. 3241 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3242 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3243 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3244 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3245 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3246 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3247 << SS.getRange(); 3248 return 0; 3249 } 3250 3251 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3252 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3253 3254 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3255 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3256 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3257 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3258 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3259 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3260 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3261 3262 DeclaresAnything = false; 3263 } 3264 } 3265 3266 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3267 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3268 CurContext->isRecord() && 3269 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3270 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3271 // struct STRUCT; 3272 // and 3273 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3274 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3275 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3276 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3277 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3278 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3279 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3280 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3281 } 3282 } 3283 3284 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3285 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3286 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3287 return TagD; 3288 3289 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3290 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3291 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3292 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3293 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3294 DeclaresAnything = false; 3295 3296 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3297 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3298 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3299 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3300 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3301 else 3302 DeclaresAnything = false; 3303 } 3304 3305 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3306 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3307 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3308 << Tag->getTagKind() 3309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3310 3311 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3312 3313 // C 6.7/2: 3314 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3315 // or the members of an enumeration. 3316 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3317 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3318 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3319 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3320 // previous declaration. 3321 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3322 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3323 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3324 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3325 return TagD; 3326 } 3327 3328 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3329 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3330 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3331 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3332 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3333 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3334 // 3335 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3336 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3337 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3338 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3339 3340 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3341 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3342 // useless. 3343 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3344 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3345 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3346 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3347 3348 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3349 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3350 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3351 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3352 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3353 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3354 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3355 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3356 // Restrict is covered above. 3357 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3358 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3359 } 3360 3361 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3362 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3363 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3364 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3365 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3366 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3367 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3368 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3369 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3370 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3371 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3372 while (attrs) { 3373 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3374 << attrs->getName() 3375 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3376 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3377 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3378 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3379 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3380 } 3381 } 3382 } 3383 3384 return TagD; 3385 } 3386 3387 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3388 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3389 /// 3390 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3391 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3392 Scope *S, 3393 DeclContext *Owner, 3394 DeclarationName Name, 3395 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3396 unsigned diagnostic) { 3397 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3398 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3399 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3400 3401 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3402 return false; 3403 3404 // Pick a representative declaration. 3405 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3406 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3407 3408 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3409 return false; 3410 3411 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3412 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3413 3414 return true; 3415 } 3416 3417 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3418 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3419 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3420 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3421 /// struct, e.g., 3422 /// 3423 /// @code 3424 /// union { 3425 /// int i; 3426 /// float f; 3427 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3428 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3429 /// @endcode 3430 /// 3431 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3432 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3433 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3434 DeclContext *Owner, 3435 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3436 AccessSpecifier AS, 3437 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3438 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3439 unsigned diagKind 3440 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3441 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3442 3443 bool Invalid = false; 3444 3445 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3446 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3447 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3448 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3449 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3450 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3451 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3452 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3453 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3454 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3455 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3456 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3457 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3458 Invalid = true; 3459 } else { 3460 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3461 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3462 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3463 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3464 // anonymous union is declared. 3465 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3466 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3467 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3468 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3469 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3470 else 3471 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3472 3473 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3474 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3475 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3476 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3477 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3478 3479 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3480 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3481 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3482 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3483 3484 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3485 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3486 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3487 3488 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3489 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3490 3491 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3492 } 3493 } 3494 } 3495 3496 return Invalid; 3497 } 3498 3499 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3500 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3501 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3502 static StorageClass 3503 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3504 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3505 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3506 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3507 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3508 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3509 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3510 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3511 return SC_None; 3512 return SC_Extern; 3513 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3514 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3515 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3516 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3517 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3518 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3519 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3520 } 3521 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3522 } 3523 3524 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3525 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3526 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3527 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3528 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3529 AccessSpecifier AS, 3530 RecordDecl *Record) { 3531 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3532 3533 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3534 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3535 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3536 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3537 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3538 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3539 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3540 3541 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3542 // structs/unions. 3543 bool Invalid = false; 3544 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3545 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3546 unsigned DiagID; 3547 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3548 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3549 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3550 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3551 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3552 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3553 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3554 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3555 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3556 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3557 3558 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3559 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3560 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3561 } 3562 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3563 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3564 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3565 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3566 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3567 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3568 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3570 3571 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3572 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3573 SourceLocation(), 3574 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3575 } 3576 } 3577 3578 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3579 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3580 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3581 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3582 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3583 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3584 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3585 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3586 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3587 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3588 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3589 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3590 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3591 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3592 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3593 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3594 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3595 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3596 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3597 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3598 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3599 3600 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3601 } 3602 3603 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3604 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3605 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3606 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3607 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3608 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3609 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3610 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3611 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3612 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3613 // members (clause 11). 3614 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3615 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3616 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3617 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3618 Invalid = true; 3619 } 3620 3621 // C++ [class.union]p1 3622 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3623 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3624 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3625 // array of such objects. 3626 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3627 Invalid = true; 3628 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3629 // Any implicit members are fine. 3630 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3631 // This is a type that showed up in an 3632 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3633 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3634 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3635 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3636 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3637 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3638 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3639 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3640 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3641 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3642 else { 3643 // This is a nested type declaration. 3644 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3645 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3646 Invalid = true; 3647 } 3648 } else { 3649 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3650 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3651 // not part of standard C++. 3652 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3653 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3654 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3655 } 3656 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3657 // Any access specifier is fine. 3658 } else { 3659 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3660 // member. Complain about it. 3661 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3662 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3663 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3664 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3665 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3666 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3667 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3668 3669 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3670 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3671 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3672 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3673 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3674 else { 3675 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3676 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3677 Invalid = true; 3678 } 3679 } 3680 } 3681 } 3682 3683 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3684 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3685 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3686 Invalid = true; 3687 } 3688 3689 // Mock up a declarator. 3690 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3692 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3693 3694 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3695 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3696 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3697 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3698 DS.getLocStart(), 3699 Record->getLocation(), 3700 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3701 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3702 TInfo, 3703 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3704 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3705 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3707 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3708 } else { 3709 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3710 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3711 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3712 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3713 // an error here 3714 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3715 Invalid = true; 3716 SC = SC_None; 3717 } 3718 3719 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3720 DS.getLocStart(), 3721 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3722 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3723 TInfo, SC); 3724 3725 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3726 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3727 // initializer: 3728 // union { int n = 0; }; 3729 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3730 } 3731 Anon->setImplicit(); 3732 3733 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3734 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3735 // its members. 3736 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3737 3738 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3739 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3740 // purposes. 3741 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3742 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3743 3744 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3745 Chain, false)) 3746 Invalid = true; 3747 3748 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3749 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3750 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3751 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3752 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3753 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3754 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3755 3756 if (Invalid) 3757 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3758 3759 return Anon; 3760 } 3761 3762 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3763 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3764 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3765 /// Example: 3766 /// 3767 /// struct A { int a; }; 3768 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3769 /// 3770 /// void foo() { 3771 /// B var; 3772 /// var.a = 3; 3773 /// } 3774 /// 3775 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3776 RecordDecl *Record) { 3777 3778 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3779 if (!Record) 3780 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3781 3782 // Mock up a declarator. 3783 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3784 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3785 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3786 3787 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3788 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3789 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3790 DS.getLocStart(), 3791 DS.getLocStart(), 3792 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3793 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3794 TInfo, 3795 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3796 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3797 Anon->setImplicit(); 3798 3799 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3800 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3801 3802 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3803 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3804 // purposes. 3805 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3806 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3807 3808 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3809 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3810 RecordDef, AS_none, 3811 Chain, true)) 3812 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3813 3814 return Anon; 3815 } 3816 3817 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3818 /// given Declarator. 3819 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3820 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3821 } 3822 3823 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3824 DeclarationNameInfo 3825 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3826 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3827 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3828 3829 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3830 3831 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3832 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3833 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3834 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3835 return NameInfo; 3836 3837 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3838 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3839 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3840 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3841 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3842 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3843 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3844 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3845 return NameInfo; 3846 3847 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3848 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3849 Name.Identifier)); 3850 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3851 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3852 return NameInfo; 3853 3854 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3855 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3856 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3857 if (Ty.isNull()) 3858 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3859 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3860 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3861 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3862 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3863 return NameInfo; 3864 } 3865 3866 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3867 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3868 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3869 if (Ty.isNull()) 3870 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3871 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3872 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3873 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3874 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3875 return NameInfo; 3876 } 3877 3878 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3879 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3880 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3881 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3882 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3883 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3884 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3885 3886 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3887 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3888 3889 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3890 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3891 // was qualified. 3892 3893 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3894 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3895 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3896 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3897 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3898 return NameInfo; 3899 } 3900 3901 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3902 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3903 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3904 if (Ty.isNull()) 3905 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3906 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3907 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3908 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3909 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3910 return NameInfo; 3911 } 3912 3913 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3914 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3915 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3916 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3917 } 3918 3919 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3920 3921 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3922 } 3923 3924 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3925 do { 3926 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3927 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3928 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3929 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3930 else 3931 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3932 } while (true); 3933 } 3934 3935 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3936 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3937 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3938 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3939 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3940 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3941 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3942 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3943 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3944 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3945 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3946 Params.clear(); 3947 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3948 return false; 3949 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3950 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3951 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3952 3953 // The parameter types are identical 3954 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3955 continue; 3956 3957 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3958 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3959 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3960 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3961 3962 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3963 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3964 Params.push_back(Idx); 3965 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3966 return false; 3967 } 3968 3969 return true; 3970 } 3971 3972 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3973 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3974 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3975 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3976 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3977 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3978 DeclarationName Name) { 3979 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3980 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3981 // - types which will become injected class names 3982 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3983 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3984 // few cases here. 3985 3986 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3987 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3988 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3989 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3990 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3991 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3992 // Grab the type from the parser. 3993 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3994 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3995 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3996 3997 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3998 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3999 // attached already. 4000 if (!TSI) 4001 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4002 4003 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4004 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4005 if (!TSI) return true; 4006 4007 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4008 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4009 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4010 break; 4011 } 4012 4013 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4014 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4015 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4016 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4017 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4018 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4019 break; 4020 } 4021 4022 default: 4023 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4024 break; 4025 } 4026 4027 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4028 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4029 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4030 4031 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4032 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4033 // pointer. 4034 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4035 continue; 4036 4037 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4038 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4039 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4040 return true; 4041 } 4042 4043 return false; 4044 } 4045 4046 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4047 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4048 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4049 4050 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4051 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4052 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4053 4054 return Dcl; 4055 } 4056 4057 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4058 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4059 /// name different from T: 4060 /// - every static data member of class T; 4061 /// - every member function of class T 4062 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4063 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4064 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4065 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4066 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4067 4068 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4069 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4070 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4071 return true; 4072 } 4073 4074 return false; 4075 } 4076 4077 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4078 /// nested-name-specifier. 4079 /// 4080 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4081 /// 4082 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4083 /// resolves. 4084 /// 4085 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4086 /// 4087 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4088 /// 4089 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4090 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4091 DeclarationName Name, 4092 SourceLocation Loc) { 4093 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4094 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4095 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4096 4097 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4098 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 4099 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 4100 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 4101 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 4102 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 4103 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 4104 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 4105 4106 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4107 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 4108 // 4109 // class X { 4110 // void X::f(); 4111 // }; 4112 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4113 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4114 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4115 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4116 SS.clear(); 4117 return false; 4118 } 4119 4120 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4121 // declaration. 4122 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4123 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4124 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4125 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4126 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4127 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4128 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4129 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4130 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4131 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4132 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4133 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4134 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4135 else 4136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4137 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4138 4139 return true; 4140 } 4141 4142 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4143 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4145 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4146 SS.clear(); 4147 4148 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4149 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4150 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4151 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4152 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4153 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4154 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4155 return true; 4156 4157 return false; 4158 } 4159 4160 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4161 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4162 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4163 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4164 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4165 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4166 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4167 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4168 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4169 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4170 4171 return false; 4172 } 4173 4174 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4175 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4176 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4177 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4178 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4179 4180 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4181 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4182 if (!Name) { 4183 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4184 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4185 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4186 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4187 return 0; 4188 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4189 return 0; 4190 4191 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4192 // we find one that is. 4193 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4194 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4195 S = S->getParent(); 4196 4197 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4198 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4199 D.setInvalidType(); 4200 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4201 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4202 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4203 return 0; 4204 4205 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4206 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4207 if (!DC) { 4208 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4209 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4210 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4211 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4212 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4213 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4214 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4215 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4216 return 0; 4217 } 4218 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4219 4220 if (!IsDependentContext && 4221 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4222 return 0; 4223 4224 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4225 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4226 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4227 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4228 D.setInvalidType(); 4229 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4230 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4231 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4232 if (DC->isRecord()) 4233 return 0; 4234 4235 D.setInvalidType(); 4236 } 4237 } 4238 4239 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4240 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4241 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4242 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4243 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4244 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4245 D.setInvalidType(); 4246 } 4247 } 4248 4249 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4250 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4251 // Just return early; it's safer. 4252 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4253 return 0; 4254 4255 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4256 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4257 4258 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4259 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4260 D.setInvalidType(); 4261 4262 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4263 ForRedeclaration); 4264 4265 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4266 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4267 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4268 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4269 4270 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4271 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4272 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4273 // 4274 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4275 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4276 // the same name. 4277 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4278 /* Do nothing*/; 4279 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4280 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4281 R->isFunctionType())) { 4282 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4283 CreateBuiltins = 4284 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4285 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4286 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4287 CreateBuiltins = true; 4288 4289 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4290 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4291 4292 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4293 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4294 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4295 4296 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4297 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4298 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4299 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4300 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4301 // thereof; [...] 4302 // 4303 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4304 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4305 // we want to match. For example, given: 4306 // 4307 // class X { 4308 // void f(); 4309 // void f(float); 4310 // }; 4311 // 4312 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4313 // 4314 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4315 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4316 // matches. 4317 4318 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4319 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4320 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4321 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4322 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4323 } 4324 4325 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4326 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4327 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4328 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4329 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4330 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4331 4332 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4333 Previous.clear(); 4334 } 4335 4336 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4337 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4338 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4339 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4340 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4341 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4342 Previous.clear(); 4343 4344 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4345 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4346 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4347 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4348 4349 NamedDecl *New; 4350 4351 bool AddToScope = true; 4352 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4353 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4354 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4355 return 0; 4356 } 4357 4358 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4359 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4360 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4361 TemplateParamLists, 4362 AddToScope); 4363 } else { 4364 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4365 AddToScope); 4366 } 4367 4368 if (New == 0) 4369 return 0; 4370 4371 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4372 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4373 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4374 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4375 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4376 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4377 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4378 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4379 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4380 if (!AddToContext) 4381 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4382 } 4383 4384 return New; 4385 } 4386 4387 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4388 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4389 /// GCC compatibility). 4390 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4391 ASTContext &Context, 4392 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4393 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4394 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4395 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4396 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4397 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4398 SizeIsNegative = false; 4399 Oversized = 0; 4400 4401 if (T->isDependentType()) 4402 return QualType(); 4403 4404 QualifierCollector Qs; 4405 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4406 4407 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4408 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4409 QualType FixedType = 4410 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4411 Oversized); 4412 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4413 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4414 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4415 } 4416 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4417 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4418 QualType FixedType = 4419 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4420 Oversized); 4421 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4422 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4423 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4424 } 4425 4426 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4427 if (!VLATy) 4428 return QualType(); 4429 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4430 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4431 return QualType(); 4432 4433 llvm::APSInt Res; 4434 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4435 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4436 return QualType(); 4437 4438 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4439 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4440 SizeIsNegative = true; 4441 return QualType(); 4442 } 4443 4444 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4445 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4446 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4447 Res); 4448 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4449 Oversized = Res; 4450 return QualType(); 4451 } 4452 4453 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4454 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4455 } 4456 4457 static void 4458 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4459 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4460 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4461 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4462 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4463 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4464 return; 4465 } 4466 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4467 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4468 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4469 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4470 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4471 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4472 return; 4473 } 4474 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4475 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4476 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4477 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4478 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4479 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4480 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4481 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4482 } 4483 4484 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4485 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4486 /// GCC compatibility). 4487 static TypeSourceInfo* 4488 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4489 ASTContext &Context, 4490 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4491 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4492 QualType FixedTy 4493 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4494 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4495 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4496 return 0; 4497 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4498 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4499 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4500 return FixedTInfo; 4501 } 4502 4503 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4504 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4505 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4506 /// function-scope declarations. 4507 void 4508 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4509 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4510 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4511 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4512 return; 4513 4514 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4515 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4516 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4517 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4518 } 4519 4520 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4521 if (ExternalSource) { 4522 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4523 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4524 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4525 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4526 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4527 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4528 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4529 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4530 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4531 } 4532 } 4533 4534 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4535 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0; 4536 } 4537 4538 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4539 /// does not identify a function. 4540 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4541 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4542 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4543 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4544 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4545 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4546 4547 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4548 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4549 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4550 4551 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4552 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4553 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4554 4555 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4556 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4557 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4558 } 4559 4560 NamedDecl* 4561 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4562 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4563 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4564 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4565 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4566 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4567 D.setInvalidType(); 4568 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4569 DC = CurContext; 4570 Previous.clear(); 4571 } 4572 4573 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4574 4575 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4576 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4577 << 1; 4578 4579 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4580 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4581 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4582 return 0; 4583 } 4584 4585 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4586 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4587 4588 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4589 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4590 4591 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4592 4593 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4594 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4595 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4596 return ND; 4597 } 4598 4599 void 4600 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4601 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4602 // then it shall have block scope. 4603 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4604 // that redeclarations will match. 4605 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4606 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4607 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4608 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4609 4610 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4611 bool SizeIsNegative; 4612 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4613 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4614 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4615 SizeIsNegative, 4616 Oversized); 4617 if (FixedTInfo) { 4618 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4619 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4620 } else { 4621 if (SizeIsNegative) 4622 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4623 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4624 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4625 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4626 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4627 << Oversized.toString(10); 4628 else 4629 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4630 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4631 } 4632 } 4633 } 4634 } 4635 4636 4637 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4638 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4639 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4640 NamedDecl* 4641 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4642 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4643 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4644 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4645 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4646 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4647 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4648 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4649 Redeclaration = true; 4650 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4651 } 4652 4653 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4654 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4655 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4656 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4657 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4658 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4659 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4660 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4661 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4662 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4663 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4664 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4665 } 4666 4667 return NewTD; 4668 } 4669 4670 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4671 /// previous declaration. 4672 /// 4673 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4674 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4675 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4676 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4677 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4678 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4679 /// 4680 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4681 /// lookup 4682 /// 4683 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4684 /// declared. 4685 /// 4686 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4687 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4688 static bool 4689 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4690 ASTContext &Context) { 4691 if (!PrevDecl) 4692 return false; 4693 4694 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4695 return false; 4696 4697 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4698 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4699 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4700 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4701 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4702 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4703 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4704 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4705 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4706 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4707 return false; 4708 4709 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4710 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4711 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4712 return false; 4713 4714 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4715 // previous declarations. 4716 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4717 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4718 4719 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4720 // isn't the same function. 4721 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4722 return false; 4723 } 4724 4725 return true; 4726 } 4727 4728 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4729 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4730 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4731 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4732 } 4733 4734 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4735 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4736 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4737 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4738 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4739 unsigned kind = -1U; 4740 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4741 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4742 kind = 0; // __block 4743 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4744 kind = 1; // global 4745 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4746 kind = 3; // ivar 4747 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4748 kind = 2; // field 4749 } 4750 4751 if (kind != -1U) { 4752 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4753 << kind; 4754 } 4755 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4756 // Try to infer lifetime. 4757 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4758 return false; 4759 4760 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4761 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4762 decl->setType(type); 4763 } 4764 4765 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4766 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4767 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4768 var->getTLSKind()) { 4769 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4770 << var->getType(); 4771 return true; 4772 } 4773 } 4774 4775 return false; 4776 } 4777 4778 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4779 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4780 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4781 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4782 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4783 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4784 } 4785 } 4786 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4787 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4788 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4789 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4790 } 4791 } 4792 4793 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4794 // It does not apply to functions. 4795 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4796 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4797 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4798 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4799 } 4800 } 4801 } 4802 4803 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4804 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4805 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4806 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4807 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4808 4809 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4810 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4811 4812 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4813 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4814 return false; 4815 4816 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4817 4818 #ifndef NDEBUG 4819 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4820 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4821 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4822 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4823 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4824 #endif 4825 4826 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4827 4828 #ifndef NDEBUG 4829 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4830 #endif 4831 4832 return isC99Inline; 4833 } 4834 4835 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4836 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4837 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4838 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4839 /// 4840 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4841 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4842 /// 4843 /// For instance: 4844 /// 4845 /// auto x = []{}; 4846 /// 4847 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4848 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4849 /// 4850 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4851 template<typename T> 4852 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4853 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4854 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4855 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4856 return false; 4857 } 4858 return D->isExternC(); 4859 } 4860 4861 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4862 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4863 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4864 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4865 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4866 return true; 4867 if (DC->isRecord()) 4868 return false; 4869 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4870 } 4871 4872 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4873 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4874 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4875 return true; 4876 if (DC->isRecord()) 4877 return false; 4878 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4879 } 4880 4881 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 4882 /// function-local external declaration. 4883 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 4884 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4885 return false; 4886 4887 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 4888 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 4889 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 4890 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 4891 return true; 4892 4893 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 4894 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 4895 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 4896 // innermost enclosing namespace. 4897 // 4898 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 4899 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 4900 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 4901 DC = DC->getParent(); 4902 return true; 4903 } 4904 4905 NamedDecl * 4906 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4908 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4909 bool &AddToScope) { 4910 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4911 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4912 4913 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4914 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4915 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4916 4917 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 4918 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 4919 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 4920 4921 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4922 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4923 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4924 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4925 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4926 D.setInvalidType(); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 4930 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4931 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4932 // an error here 4933 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4934 D.setInvalidType(); 4935 SC = SC_None; 4936 } 4937 4938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4939 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4940 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4941 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4942 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4943 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4944 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4945 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4946 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4947 } 4948 4949 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4950 if (!II) { 4951 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4952 << Name; 4953 return 0; 4954 } 4955 4956 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4957 4958 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4959 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4960 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4961 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4962 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4963 // is a GNU extension. 4964 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4965 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4966 else 4967 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4968 D.setInvalidType(); 4969 } 4970 } 4971 4972 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4973 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4974 // OpenCL __local address space. 4975 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4976 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4977 } 4978 4979 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4980 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4981 // space qualifiers. 4982 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4983 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4984 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4985 } 4986 4987 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4988 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4989 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4990 // address space qualifiers. 4991 if (R->isEventT()) { 4992 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4993 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4994 D.setInvalidType(); 4995 } 4996 4997 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4998 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4999 D.setInvalidType(); 5000 } 5001 } 5002 } 5003 5004 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5005 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5006 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5007 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5008 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0; 5009 VarDecl *NewVD = 0; 5010 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0; 5011 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5012 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5013 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5014 R, TInfo, SC); 5015 5016 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5017 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5018 } else { 5019 bool Invalid = false; 5020 5021 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5022 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5023 switch (SC) { 5024 case SC_None: 5025 break; 5026 case SC_Static: 5027 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5028 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5029 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5030 break; 5031 case SC_Auto: 5032 case SC_Register: 5033 case SC_Extern: 5034 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5035 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5036 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5037 // of class members 5038 5039 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5040 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5041 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5042 break; 5043 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5044 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5045 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5046 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5047 } 5048 } 5049 5050 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5051 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5052 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5053 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5054 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5055 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5056 5057 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5058 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5059 if (RD->isUnion()) 5060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5061 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5062 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5063 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5064 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5065 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5066 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5067 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5068 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5069 } 5070 } 5071 5072 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 5073 if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end()) 5074 PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5075 PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl); 5076 5077 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5078 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5079 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 5080 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5081 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5082 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 5083 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5084 if (TemplateParams) { 5085 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5086 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5087 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5088 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5089 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5090 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5091 << II 5092 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5093 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5094 } else { 5095 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5096 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5097 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5098 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5099 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5100 5101 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5102 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5103 // Check that we can declare a specialization here 5104 5105 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5106 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5107 5108 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5109 // This is a template declaration. 5110 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5111 5112 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5113 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5114 return 0; 5115 5116 // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check 5117 // whether this is a valid redeclaration. 5118 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) 5119 PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0; 5120 5121 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 5122 // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible. 5123 if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual( 5124 TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5125 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 5126 return 0; 5127 } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5128 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5129 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5130 5131 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5132 PrevDecl = 0; 5133 } else if (PrevDecl) { 5134 // C++ [temp]p5: 5135 // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class 5136 // scope shall be unique in that scope. 5137 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 5138 << Name; 5139 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5140 return 0; 5141 } 5142 5143 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5144 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5145 // template declaration. 5146 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5147 TemplateParams, 5148 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5149 : 0, 5150 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5151 DC->isDependentContext()) 5152 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5153 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5154 Invalid = true; 5155 5156 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5157 // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining 5158 // the template out-of-line. 5159 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid && 5160 !PrevVarTemplate) { 5161 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match) 5162 << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true 5163 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5164 Invalid = true; 5165 } 5166 } 5167 } 5168 } 5169 } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5170 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5171 5172 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5173 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5174 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5175 // too few of them). 5176 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5177 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5178 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5179 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5180 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5181 "template<> "); 5182 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5183 } 5184 5185 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5186 if (!PrevVarTemplate) { 5187 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template) 5188 << IsPartialSpecialization; 5189 return 0; 5190 } 5191 5192 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5193 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5194 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5195 : SourceLocation(); 5196 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5197 S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5198 IsPartialSpecialization); 5199 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5200 return 0; 5201 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5202 AddToScope = false; 5203 } else 5204 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5205 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5206 5207 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5208 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5209 NewTemplate = 5210 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5211 TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate); 5212 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5213 } 5214 5215 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5216 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5217 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5218 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5219 5220 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5221 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5222 if (NewTemplate) 5223 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5224 } 5225 5226 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5227 5228 // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()? 5229 if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 && 5230 (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) { 5231 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5232 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data()); 5233 } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || 5234 (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && 5235 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) { 5236 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5237 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5238 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5239 } 5240 5241 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5242 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5243 } 5244 5245 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5246 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5247 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5248 if (NewTemplate) 5249 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5250 5251 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5252 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5253 5254 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5255 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5256 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5257 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5258 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5259 // explicitly. 5260 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5261 // 'extern'. 5262 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5263 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5264 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5265 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5266 else 5267 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5268 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5269 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5270 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5271 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5272 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5273 else 5274 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5275 } 5276 5277 // C99 6.7.4p3 5278 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5279 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5280 // thread storage duration... 5281 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5282 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5283 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5284 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5285 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5286 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5287 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5288 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5289 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5290 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5291 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5292 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5293 } 5294 } 5295 5296 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5297 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5298 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5299 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5300 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5301 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5302 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5303 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5304 << 2 5305 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5306 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5307 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5308 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5309 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5310 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5311 else { 5312 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5313 if (NewTemplate) 5314 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 5318 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5319 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5320 5321 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5322 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5323 5324 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5325 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5326 // storage [duration]." 5327 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5328 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5329 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5330 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5331 } 5332 } 5333 5334 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5335 // retainable type. 5336 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5337 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5338 5339 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5340 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5341 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5342 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5343 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5344 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5345 switch (SC) { 5346 case SC_None: 5347 case SC_Auto: 5348 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5349 break; 5350 case SC_Register: 5351 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5352 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5353 break; 5354 case SC_Static: 5355 case SC_Extern: 5356 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5357 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5358 break; 5359 } 5360 } 5361 5362 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5363 Context, Label)); 5364 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5365 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5366 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5367 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5368 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5369 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5370 } 5371 } 5372 5373 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5374 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5375 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5376 5377 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5378 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5379 // declaration has linkage). 5380 FilterLookupForScope( 5381 Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5382 IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5383 5384 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5385 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5386 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5387 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5388 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5389 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5390 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5391 5392 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5393 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5394 } else { 5395 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5396 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5397 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5398 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5399 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5400 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5401 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5402 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5403 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5404 Previous.clear(); 5405 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5406 } 5407 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5408 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5409 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5410 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5411 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5412 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5413 } 5414 5415 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5416 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 5417 LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D), 5418 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration); 5419 PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); 5420 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl)); 5421 } else 5422 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5423 } 5424 5425 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5426 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5427 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5428 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5429 } 5430 5431 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5432 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5433 5434 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5435 // the map of such variables. 5436 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5437 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5438 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5439 5440 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5441 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5442 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5443 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5444 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5445 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD)); 5446 } 5447 } 5448 5449 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5450 // template, make a note of that. 5451 if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5452 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5453 5454 if (NewTemplate) { 5455 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5456 return NewTemplate; 5457 } 5458 5459 return NewVD; 5460 } 5461 5462 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5463 /// -Wshadow. 5464 /// 5465 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5466 /// scope. 5467 /// 5468 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5469 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5470 /// 5471 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5472 // Return if warning is ignored. 5473 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5474 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5475 return; 5476 5477 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5478 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5479 return; 5480 5481 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5482 5483 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5484 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5485 return; 5486 5487 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5488 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5489 return; 5490 5491 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5492 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5493 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5494 if (MD->isStatic()) 5495 return; 5496 5497 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5498 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5499 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5500 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5501 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5502 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5503 I != E; ++I) 5504 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5505 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5506 break; 5507 } 5508 } 5509 5510 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5511 5512 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5513 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5514 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5515 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5516 return; 5517 5518 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5519 // static data members from base classes? 5520 5521 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5522 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5523 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5524 } 5525 5526 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5527 unsigned Kind; 5528 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5529 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5530 Kind = 3; // field 5531 else 5532 Kind = 2; // static data member 5533 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5534 Kind = 1; // global 5535 else 5536 Kind = 0; // local 5537 5538 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5539 5540 // Emit warning and note. 5541 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5542 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5543 } 5544 5545 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5546 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5547 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5548 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5549 return; 5550 5551 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5552 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5553 LookupName(R, S); 5554 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5555 } 5556 5557 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5558 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5559 template<typename T> 5560 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5561 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5562 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5563 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5564 5565 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5566 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5567 // declaration. 5568 return false; 5569 } 5570 5571 if (Prev) { 5572 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5573 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5574 // redeclaration. 5575 Previous.clear(); 5576 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5577 return true; 5578 } 5579 5580 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5581 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5582 // declaration. 5583 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5584 return false; 5585 } else { 5586 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5587 // translation unit which might conflict. 5588 if (IsGlobal) { 5589 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5590 IsGlobal = false; 5591 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5592 I != E; ++I) { 5593 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5594 Prev = *I; 5595 break; 5596 } 5597 } 5598 } else { 5599 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5600 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5601 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5602 I != E; ++I) { 5603 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5604 Prev = *I; 5605 break; 5606 } 5607 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5608 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5609 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5610 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5611 // diagnostic. 5612 } 5613 } 5614 5615 if (!Prev) 5616 return false; 5617 } 5618 5619 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5620 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5621 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5622 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5623 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5624 else 5625 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5626 5627 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5628 << IsGlobal << ND; 5629 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5630 << IsGlobal; 5631 return false; 5632 } 5633 5634 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5635 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5636 /// 5637 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5638 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5639 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5640 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5641 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5642 template<typename T> 5643 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5644 LookupResult &Previous) { 5645 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5646 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5647 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5648 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5649 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5650 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5651 Previous.clear(); 5652 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5653 return true; 5654 } 5655 } 5656 return false; 5657 } 5658 5659 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5660 // declaration. 5661 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5662 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5663 5664 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5665 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5666 // in another scope. 5667 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5668 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5669 5670 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5671 return false; 5672 } 5673 5674 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5675 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5676 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5677 return; 5678 5679 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5680 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5681 5682 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5683 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5684 return; 5685 5686 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5687 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5688 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5689 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5690 NewVD->setType(T); 5691 } 5692 5693 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5694 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5695 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5696 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5697 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5698 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5699 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5700 return; 5701 } 5702 5703 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5704 // __constant address space. 5705 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5706 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5707 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5708 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5709 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5710 return; 5711 } 5712 5713 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5714 // scope. 5715 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5716 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5717 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5718 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5719 return; 5720 } 5721 5722 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5723 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5724 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5725 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5726 else { 5727 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5728 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5729 } 5730 } 5731 5732 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5733 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5734 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5735 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5736 5737 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5738 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5739 bool SizeIsNegative; 5740 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5741 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5742 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5743 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5744 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5745 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5746 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5747 // int a[10][n]; 5748 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5749 5750 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5751 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5752 << SizeRange; 5753 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5754 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5755 << SizeRange; 5756 else 5757 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5758 << SizeRange; 5759 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5760 return; 5761 } 5762 5763 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5764 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5765 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5766 else 5767 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5768 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5769 return; 5770 } 5771 5772 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5773 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5774 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5775 } 5776 5777 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5778 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5779 // of objects and functions. 5780 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5781 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5782 << T; 5783 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5784 return; 5785 } 5786 } 5787 5788 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5790 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5791 return; 5792 } 5793 5794 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5795 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5796 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5797 return; 5798 } 5799 5800 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5801 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5802 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5803 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5804 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5805 return; 5806 } 5807 } 5808 5809 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5810 /// declaration. 5811 /// 5812 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5813 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5814 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5815 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5816 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5817 /// 5818 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5819 /// 5820 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5821 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 5822 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5823 5824 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5825 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5826 return false; 5827 5828 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5829 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5830 if (Previous.empty() && 5831 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 5832 Previous.setShadowed(); 5833 5834 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5835 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5836 5837 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5838 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5839 return true; 5840 } 5841 return false; 5842 } 5843 5844 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5845 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5846 Sema *S; 5847 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5848 }; 5849 5850 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5851 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5852 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5853 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5854 CXXBasePath &Path, 5855 void *UserData) { 5856 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5857 5858 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5859 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5860 5861 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5862 5863 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5864 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5865 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5866 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5867 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5868 5869 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5870 } 5871 5872 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5873 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5874 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5875 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5876 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5877 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5878 return true; 5879 } 5880 } 5881 5882 return false; 5883 } 5884 5885 namespace { 5886 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5887 } 5888 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5889 /// overriden methods. 5890 /// 5891 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5892 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5893 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5894 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5895 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5896 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5897 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5898 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5899 I != E; ++I) { 5900 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5901 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5902 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5903 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5904 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5905 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5906 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5907 } 5908 } 5909 5910 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5911 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5912 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5913 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5914 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5915 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5916 Data.Method = MD; 5917 Data.S = this; 5918 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5919 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5920 bool AddedAny = false; 5921 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5922 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5923 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5924 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5925 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5926 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5927 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5928 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5929 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5930 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5931 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5932 AddedAny = true; 5933 } 5934 } 5935 } 5936 } 5937 5938 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5939 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5940 } 5941 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5942 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5943 } 5944 5945 return AddedAny; 5946 } 5947 5948 namespace { 5949 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5950 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5951 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5952 Scope *S; 5953 Declarator &D; 5954 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5955 bool AddToScope; 5956 }; 5957 } 5958 5959 namespace { 5960 5961 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5962 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5963 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5964 public: 5965 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5966 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5967 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5968 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5969 5970 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5971 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5972 return false; 5973 5974 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5975 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5976 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5977 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5978 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5979 5980 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5981 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5982 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5983 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5984 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5985 return true; 5986 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5987 return true; 5988 } 5989 } 5990 } 5991 5992 return false; 5993 } 5994 5995 private: 5996 ASTContext &Context; 5997 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5998 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5999 }; 6000 6001 } 6002 6003 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6004 /// 6005 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6006 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6007 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6008 /// the same name. 6009 /// 6010 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6011 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6012 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6013 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6014 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6015 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6016 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6017 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6018 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6019 TypoCorrection Correction; 6020 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6021 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6022 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6023 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6024 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6025 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6026 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6027 6028 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6029 if (IsLocalFriend) 6030 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6031 else 6032 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6033 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6034 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6035 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6036 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6037 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 6038 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6039 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6040 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6041 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6042 if (FD && 6043 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6044 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6045 // involve a parameter 6046 unsigned ParamNum = 6047 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6048 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6049 } 6050 } 6051 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6052 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6053 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6054 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6055 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 6056 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6057 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6058 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6059 Previous.clear(); 6060 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6061 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6062 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6063 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6064 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6065 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6066 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6067 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6068 } 6069 } 6070 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6071 6072 NamedDecl *Result; 6073 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6074 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6075 { 6076 // Trap errors. 6077 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6078 6079 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6080 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6081 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6082 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6083 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6084 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6085 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6086 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6087 6088 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6089 Result = 0; 6090 } 6091 6092 if (Result) { 6093 // Determine which correction we picked. 6094 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6095 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6096 I != E; ++I) 6097 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6098 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6099 6100 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6101 Correction, 6102 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6103 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6104 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6105 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6106 return Result; 6107 } 6108 6109 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6110 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6111 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6112 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6113 Previous.clear(); 6114 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6115 } 6116 6117 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6118 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6119 6120 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6121 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6122 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6123 6124 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6125 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6126 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6127 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6128 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6129 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6130 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6131 6132 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6133 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6134 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6135 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6136 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6137 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6138 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6139 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6140 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6141 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6142 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6143 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6144 } else 6145 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6146 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6147 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6148 } 6149 return 0; 6150 } 6151 6152 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6153 Declarator &D) { 6154 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6155 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6156 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6157 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6158 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6159 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6160 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6161 D.setInvalidType(); 6162 break; 6163 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6164 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6165 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6166 return SC_None; 6167 return SC_Extern; 6168 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6169 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6170 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6171 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6172 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6173 // other than extern 6174 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6175 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6176 diag::err_static_block_func); 6177 break; 6178 } else 6179 return SC_Static; 6180 } 6181 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6182 } 6183 6184 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6185 return SC_None; 6186 } 6187 6188 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6189 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6190 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6191 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6192 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6193 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6194 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6195 6196 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6197 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6198 6199 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6200 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6201 // prototype. This true when: 6202 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6203 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6204 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6205 bool HasPrototype = 6206 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6207 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6208 6209 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6210 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6211 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6212 HasPrototype, false); 6213 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6215 6216 // Set the lexical context. 6217 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6218 6219 return NewFD; 6220 } 6221 6222 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6223 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6224 6225 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6226 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6227 // the class has been completely parsed. 6228 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6229 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6230 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 6231 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6232 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6233 D.setInvalidType(); 6234 6235 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6236 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6237 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6238 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6239 6240 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6241 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6242 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6243 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6244 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6245 isConstexpr); 6246 6247 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6248 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6249 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6250 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6251 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6252 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6253 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6254 D.getLocStart(), 6255 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6256 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6257 6258 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6259 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6260 // it yet. 6261 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6262 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6263 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6264 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6265 } 6266 6267 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 6268 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 6269 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 6270 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 6271 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 6272 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 6273 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 6274 } 6275 6276 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6277 return NewDD; 6278 6279 } else { 6280 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6281 D.setInvalidType(); 6282 6283 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6284 // code path. 6285 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6286 D.getLocStart(), 6287 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6288 SC, isInline, 6289 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6290 } 6291 6292 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6293 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6294 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6295 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6296 return 0; 6297 } 6298 6299 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6300 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6301 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6302 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6303 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6304 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6305 6306 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6307 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6308 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6309 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6310 // constructor if it has no return type). 6311 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6312 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6313 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6314 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6315 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6316 return 0; 6317 } 6318 6319 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6320 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6321 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6322 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6323 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6324 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6325 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6326 return Ret; 6327 } else { 6328 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6329 // prototype. This true when: 6330 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6331 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6332 D.getLocStart(), 6333 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6334 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6335 } 6336 } 6337 6338 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 6339 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 6340 // typedef of void is not permitted. 6341 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6342 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 6343 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 6344 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 6345 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 6346 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 6347 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 6348 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 6349 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 6350 << IsTypeAlias; 6351 } 6352 } 6353 6354 enum OpenCLParamType { 6355 ValidKernelParam, 6356 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6357 PtrKernelParam, 6358 InvalidKernelParam, 6359 RecordKernelParam 6360 }; 6361 6362 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6363 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6364 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6365 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam; 6366 } 6367 6368 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6369 // be used as builtin types. 6370 6371 if (PT->isImageType()) 6372 return PtrKernelParam; 6373 6374 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6375 return InvalidKernelParam; 6376 6377 if (PT->isEventT()) 6378 return InvalidKernelParam; 6379 6380 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6381 return InvalidKernelParam; 6382 6383 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6384 return RecordKernelParam; 6385 6386 return ValidKernelParam; 6387 } 6388 6389 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6390 Sema &S, 6391 Declarator &D, 6392 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6393 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6394 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6395 6396 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6397 // used again 6398 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6399 return; 6400 6401 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6402 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6403 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6404 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6405 // pointer to a pointer type. 6406 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6407 D.setInvalidType(); 6408 return; 6409 6410 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6411 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6412 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6413 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6414 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6415 6416 case InvalidKernelParam: 6417 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6418 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6419 // of event_t type. 6420 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6421 D.setInvalidType(); 6422 return; 6423 6424 case PtrKernelParam: 6425 case ValidKernelParam: 6426 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6427 return; 6428 6429 case RecordKernelParam: 6430 break; 6431 } 6432 6433 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6434 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6435 6436 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6437 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6438 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6439 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6440 6441 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6442 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6443 6444 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6445 6446 do { 6447 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6448 if (!Next) { 6449 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6450 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6451 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6452 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6453 6454 continue; 6455 } 6456 6457 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6458 // field itself) to the history stack. 6459 const RecordDecl *RD; 6460 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6461 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6462 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6463 } else { 6464 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6465 } 6466 6467 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6468 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6469 6470 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), 6471 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6472 const FieldDecl *FD = *I; 6473 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6474 6475 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6476 continue; 6477 6478 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6479 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6480 continue; 6481 6482 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6483 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6484 continue; 6485 } 6486 6487 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6488 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6489 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6490 // union. 6491 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) { 6492 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6493 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6494 << PT->isUnionType() 6495 << PT; 6496 } else { 6497 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6498 } 6499 6500 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6501 << PD->getDeclName(); 6502 6503 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6504 // the offending field came from 6505 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6506 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6507 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6508 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6509 << OuterField->getType(); 6510 } 6511 6512 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6513 << QT->isPointerType() 6514 << QT; 6515 D.setInvalidType(); 6516 return; 6517 } 6518 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6519 } 6520 6521 NamedDecl* 6522 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6523 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6524 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6525 bool &AddToScope) { 6526 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6527 6528 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6529 6530 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6531 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6532 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6533 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6534 6535 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6536 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6537 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6538 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6539 6540 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6541 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6542 6543 bool isFriend = false; 6544 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6545 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6546 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6547 6548 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6549 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6550 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6551 6552 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6553 6554 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6555 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6556 6557 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6558 isVirtualOkay); 6559 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6560 6561 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6562 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6563 6564 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6565 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6566 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6567 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6568 6569 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6570 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6571 6572 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6573 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6574 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6575 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6576 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6577 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6578 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6579 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6580 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6581 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6582 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6583 } 6584 6585 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6586 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6587 // return true). 6588 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6589 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6590 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6591 NewFD->setPure(true); 6592 } 6593 6594 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6595 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6596 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6597 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6598 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6599 6600 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6601 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6602 bool Invalid = false; 6603 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6604 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6605 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6606 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6607 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6608 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6609 // This is a function template 6610 6611 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6612 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6613 return 0; 6614 6615 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6616 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6617 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6618 return 0; 6619 } 6620 6621 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6622 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6623 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6624 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6625 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6626 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6627 Invalid = true; 6628 } 6629 6630 6631 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6632 NewFD->getLocation(), 6633 Name, TemplateParams, 6634 NewFD); 6635 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6636 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6637 6638 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6639 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6640 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6641 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6642 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6643 } 6644 } else { 6645 // This is a function template specialization. 6646 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6647 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6648 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6649 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6650 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6651 6652 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6653 if (isFriend) { 6654 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6655 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6656 6657 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6658 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6659 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6660 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6661 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6662 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6663 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6664 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6665 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6666 } 6667 6668 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6669 << Name << RemoveRange 6670 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6671 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6672 } 6673 } 6674 } 6675 else { 6676 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6677 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6678 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6679 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6680 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6681 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6682 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6683 } 6684 6685 if (Invalid) { 6686 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6687 if (FunctionTemplate) 6688 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6689 } 6690 6691 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6692 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6693 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6694 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6695 // 6696 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6697 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6698 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6699 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6700 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6701 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6702 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6703 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6704 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6705 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6706 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6707 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6709 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6710 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6711 } else { 6712 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6713 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6714 } 6715 6716 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6717 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6718 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6719 } 6720 6721 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && NewFD->isDependentContext() && 6722 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6723 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6724 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6725 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6726 // thing to do. 6727 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6728 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6729 QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(), 6730 Context.DependentTy); 6731 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(), 6732 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 6733 } 6734 6735 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6736 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6737 // declaration. 6738 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6739 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6740 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6741 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6742 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6743 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6744 } 6745 } 6746 6747 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6748 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6749 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6750 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6751 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6752 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6753 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6754 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6755 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6756 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6757 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6758 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6759 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6760 // or conversion function. 6761 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6762 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6763 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6764 } 6765 } 6766 6767 if (isConstexpr) { 6768 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6769 // are implicitly inline. 6770 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6771 6772 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6773 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6774 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6775 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6776 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6777 } 6778 6779 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6780 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6781 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6782 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6783 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6784 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6785 << 0 6786 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6787 } else { 6788 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6789 if (FunctionTemplate) 6790 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6791 } 6792 } 6793 6794 if (isFriend) { 6795 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6796 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6797 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6798 } 6799 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6800 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6801 } 6802 6803 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6804 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6805 case FDK_Declaration: 6806 case FDK_Definition: 6807 break; 6808 6809 case FDK_Defaulted: 6810 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6811 break; 6812 6813 case FDK_Deleted: 6814 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6815 break; 6816 } 6817 6818 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6819 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6820 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6821 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6822 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6823 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6824 } 6825 6826 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6827 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6828 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6829 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6830 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6831 // the class. 6832 6833 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6834 // member function definition. 6835 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6836 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6837 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6838 } 6839 6840 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6841 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6842 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6843 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6844 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6845 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6846 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6847 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6848 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6849 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6850 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6851 } 6852 6853 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 6854 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 6855 // 6856 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 6857 if (isInline && NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) 6858 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6859 diag::err_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 6860 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6861 } 6862 6863 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6864 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6865 isExplicitSpecialization || 6866 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6867 6868 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6869 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6870 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6871 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6872 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6873 SE->getString())); 6874 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6875 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6876 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6877 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6878 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6879 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6880 } 6881 } 6882 6883 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6884 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6885 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6886 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6887 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6888 6889 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6890 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6891 // single void argument. 6892 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6893 // already checks for that case. 6894 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6895 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6896 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6897 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6898 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6899 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6900 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6901 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6902 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6903 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6904 Params.push_back(Param); 6905 6906 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6907 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6908 } 6909 } 6910 6911 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6912 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6913 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6914 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6915 // 6916 // @code 6917 // typedef void fn(int); 6918 // fn f; 6919 // @endcode 6920 6921 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6922 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6923 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6924 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6925 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6926 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6927 Params.push_back(Param); 6928 } 6929 } else { 6930 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6931 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6932 } 6933 6934 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6935 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6936 6937 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6938 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6939 // 6940 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6941 // 6942 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6943 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6944 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6945 6946 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6947 NewFD->addAttr( 6948 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6949 Context)); 6950 6951 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6952 // because all functions have linkage. 6953 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6954 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6955 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6956 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6957 } 6958 6959 // Handle attributes. 6960 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 6961 6962 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6963 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6964 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6965 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6966 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6967 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6968 // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it 6969 // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators). 6970 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) { 6971 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6972 Context)); 6973 } 6974 } 6975 6976 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6977 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6978 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6979 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6980 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6981 6982 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 6983 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 6984 6985 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6986 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6987 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6988 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6989 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6990 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6991 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6992 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6993 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6994 } else { 6995 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6996 // argument list into our AST format. 6997 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6998 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6999 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7000 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7001 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7002 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7003 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7004 TemplateArgs); 7005 7006 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7007 7008 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7009 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7010 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7011 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7013 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7014 7015 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7016 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7017 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 7018 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 7019 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 7020 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 7021 // too few of them). 7022 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 7023 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 7024 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 7025 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 7026 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 7027 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 7028 "template<> "); 7029 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7030 } else { 7031 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7032 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7033 } 7034 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7035 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7036 // wrote something like: 7037 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7038 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7039 // friend void foo<>(int); 7040 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7041 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7042 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7043 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7044 } 7045 7046 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7047 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7048 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7049 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7050 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7051 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7052 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7053 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7054 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7055 InstantiationDependent))) { 7056 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7057 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7058 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7059 Previous)) 7060 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7061 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7062 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7063 && !isFriend) { 7064 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7065 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7066 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7067 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7068 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7069 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7070 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 7071 Previous)) 7072 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7073 7074 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7075 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7076 // specialization (14.7.3) 7077 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7078 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7079 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7080 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7081 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7082 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7083 << SC 7084 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7085 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7086 7087 else 7088 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7089 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7090 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7091 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7092 } 7093 7094 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7095 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7096 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7097 } 7098 7099 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7100 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7101 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7102 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7103 7104 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7105 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7106 7107 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7108 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 7109 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 7110 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7111 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 7112 } else 7113 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7114 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7115 } 7116 7117 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7118 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7119 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7120 7121 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7122 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7123 : NewFD); 7124 7125 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7126 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7127 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7128 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7129 7130 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7131 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7132 } 7133 7134 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7135 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7136 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7137 7138 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7139 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7140 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7141 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7142 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7143 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7144 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7145 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7146 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7147 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7148 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7149 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7150 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7151 DC->isDependentContext()) 7152 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7153 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7154 } 7155 7156 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7157 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7158 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7159 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7160 AddToScope }; 7161 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7162 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7163 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7164 7165 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7166 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7167 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7168 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7169 7170 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7171 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7172 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7173 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7174 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7175 // can actually do this check immediately. 7176 if (isFriend && 7177 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7178 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7179 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7180 // ignore these 7181 } else { 7182 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7183 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7184 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7185 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7186 // 7187 // class X { 7188 // void f() const; 7189 // }; 7190 // 7191 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7192 // 7193 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7194 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7195 // whether the parameter types are references). 7196 7197 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7198 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7199 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7200 return Result; 7201 } 7202 } 7203 7204 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7205 // to something. 7206 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7207 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7208 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7209 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7210 return Result; 7211 } 7212 } 7213 7214 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7215 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7216 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7217 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7218 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7219 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7220 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7221 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7222 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7223 // generate them. 7224 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7225 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7226 } 7227 } 7228 7229 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7230 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7231 7232 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7233 7234 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7235 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7236 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7237 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7238 << NewFD; 7239 7240 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7241 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7242 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7243 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7244 EPI.Variadic = true; 7245 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7246 7247 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 7248 NewFD->setType(R); 7249 } 7250 7251 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7252 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7253 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7254 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7255 7256 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7257 // marking the function. 7258 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7259 7260 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7261 // the map of such variables. 7262 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7263 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7264 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7265 7266 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7267 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7268 7269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7270 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7271 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7272 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7273 return FunctionTemplate; 7274 } 7275 } 7276 7277 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7278 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7279 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7280 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7281 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7282 D.setInvalidType(); 7283 } 7284 7285 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7286 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 7287 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7288 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7289 D.setInvalidType(); 7290 } 7291 7292 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7293 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 7294 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 7295 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 7296 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7297 } 7298 } 7299 7300 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7301 7302 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7303 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7304 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7305 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7306 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7307 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 7308 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7309 7310 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7311 } 7312 } 7313 7314 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7315 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7316 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7317 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7318 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7319 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7320 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7321 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7322 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7323 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7324 AddToScope = false; 7325 } 7326 7327 return NewFD; 7328 } 7329 7330 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7331 /// 7332 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7333 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7334 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7335 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7336 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7337 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7338 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7339 /// 7340 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7341 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7342 /// 7343 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7344 /// 7345 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7346 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7347 LookupResult &Previous, 7348 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7349 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 7350 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7351 7352 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7353 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7354 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7355 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7356 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7357 7358 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7359 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7360 7361 bool Redeclaration = false; 7362 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7363 7364 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7365 // the same name, if appropriate. 7366 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7367 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7368 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7369 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7370 // function to the scope. 7371 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7372 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7373 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7374 Redeclaration = true; 7375 OldDecl = Candidate; 7376 } 7377 } else { 7378 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7379 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7380 case Ovl_Match: 7381 Redeclaration = true; 7382 break; 7383 7384 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7385 Redeclaration = true; 7386 break; 7387 7388 case Ovl_Overload: 7389 Redeclaration = false; 7390 break; 7391 } 7392 7393 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7394 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7395 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7396 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7397 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7398 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7399 if (Redeclaration) 7400 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7401 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7402 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7403 if (OverloadedDecl) 7404 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7405 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7406 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7407 Context)); 7408 } 7409 } 7410 } 7411 7412 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7413 if (!Redeclaration && 7414 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7415 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7416 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7417 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7418 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7419 Redeclaration = true; 7420 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7421 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7422 7423 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7424 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7425 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7426 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7427 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7428 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7429 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7430 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7431 Context)); 7432 } 7433 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7434 Redeclaration = false; 7435 OldDecl = 0; 7436 } 7437 } 7438 } 7439 } 7440 7441 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7442 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7443 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7444 // 7445 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7446 // definition of a static member function. 7447 // 7448 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7449 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7450 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7451 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7452 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7453 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7454 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7455 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 7456 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 7457 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 7458 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7459 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7460 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7461 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7462 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7463 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 7464 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 7465 7466 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7467 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7468 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7469 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7470 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7471 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7472 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7473 7474 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7475 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7476 } 7477 } 7478 } 7479 7480 if (Redeclaration) { 7481 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7482 // merged. 7483 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7485 return Redeclaration; 7486 } 7487 7488 Previous.clear(); 7489 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7490 7491 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7492 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7493 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7494 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7495 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7496 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7497 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7498 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7499 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7500 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7501 } 7502 7503 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7504 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7505 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7506 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7507 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7508 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7509 } 7510 7511 } else { 7512 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7513 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7514 7515 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7516 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7517 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7518 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7519 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7520 7521 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7522 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7523 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7524 7525 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7526 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7527 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7528 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7529 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7530 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7531 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7532 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7533 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7534 } 7535 } 7536 } 7537 } 7538 } 7539 7540 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7541 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7542 // C++-specific checks. 7543 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7544 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7545 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7546 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7547 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7548 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7549 7550 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7551 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7552 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7553 DeclarationName Name 7554 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7555 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7556 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7557 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7558 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7559 return Redeclaration; 7560 } 7561 } 7562 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7563 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7564 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7565 } 7566 7567 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7568 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7569 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7570 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7571 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7572 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7573 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7574 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7575 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7576 } 7577 } 7578 } 7579 7580 if (Method->isStatic()) 7581 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7582 } 7583 7584 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7585 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7586 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7587 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7588 return Redeclaration; 7589 } 7590 7591 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7592 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7593 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7594 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7595 return Redeclaration; 7596 } 7597 7598 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7599 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7600 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7601 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7602 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7603 7604 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7605 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7606 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7607 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7608 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7609 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7610 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7611 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7612 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7613 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7614 } 7615 } 7616 7617 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7618 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7619 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7620 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7621 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7622 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 7623 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7624 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7625 << NewFD << R; 7626 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7627 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7628 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7629 } 7630 } 7631 return Redeclaration; 7632 } 7633 7634 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7635 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7636 if (!TSI) 7637 return SourceRange(); 7638 7639 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7640 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7641 if (!FunctionTL) 7642 return SourceRange(); 7643 7644 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7645 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7646 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7647 7648 return SourceRange(); 7649 } 7650 7651 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7652 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7653 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7654 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7655 // appear in a declaration of main. 7656 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7657 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7658 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7659 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7660 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7661 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7662 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7663 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7664 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7665 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7666 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7667 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7668 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7669 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7670 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7671 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7672 } 7673 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7674 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7676 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7677 } 7678 7679 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7680 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7681 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7682 7683 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7684 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7685 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7686 // set the flag which tells us that. 7687 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7688 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7689 7690 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7691 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7692 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7693 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7694 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7695 7696 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7697 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7698 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7699 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7700 7701 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7702 } else { 7703 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7704 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7705 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7706 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7707 else 7708 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7709 7710 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7711 } 7712 7713 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7714 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7715 7716 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7717 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7718 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7719 7720 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7721 7722 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7723 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7724 // getting shifty. 7725 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7726 HasExtraParameters = false; 7727 7728 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7729 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7730 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7731 nparams = 3; 7732 } 7733 7734 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7735 // if we had some location information about types. 7736 7737 QualType CharPP = 7738 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7739 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7740 7741 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7742 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7743 7744 bool mismatch = true; 7745 7746 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7747 mismatch = false; 7748 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7749 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7750 // char const ** 7751 // char const * const * 7752 // char * const * 7753 7754 QualifierCollector qs; 7755 const PointerType* PT; 7756 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7757 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7758 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7759 Context.CharTy)) { 7760 qs.removeConst(); 7761 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7762 } 7763 } 7764 7765 if (mismatch) { 7766 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7767 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7768 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7769 } 7770 } 7771 7772 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7773 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7774 } 7775 7776 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7777 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName(); 7778 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7779 } 7780 } 7781 7782 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7783 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7784 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7785 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7786 7787 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 7788 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 7789 if (FT->getResultType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 7790 FT->getResultType()->isAnyPointerType() || 7791 FT->getResultType()->isNullPtrType()) 7792 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 7793 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 7794 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7795 7796 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7797 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName(); 7798 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7799 } 7800 } 7801 7802 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7803 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7804 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7805 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7806 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7807 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7808 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7809 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7810 // rules there don't matter.) 7811 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7812 return false; 7813 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7814 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7815 return true; 7816 } 7817 7818 namespace { 7819 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7820 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7821 class SelfReferenceChecker 7822 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7823 Sema &S; 7824 Decl *OrigDecl; 7825 bool isRecordType; 7826 bool isPODType; 7827 bool isReferenceType; 7828 7829 public: 7830 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7831 7832 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7833 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7834 isPODType = false; 7835 isRecordType = false; 7836 isReferenceType = false; 7837 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7838 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7839 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7840 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7841 } 7842 } 7843 7844 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7845 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7846 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7847 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7848 if (isReferenceType) 7849 return; 7850 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7851 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7852 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7853 return; 7854 } 7855 7856 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7857 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7858 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7859 return; 7860 } 7861 7862 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7863 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7864 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7865 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7866 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7867 return; 7868 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7869 } 7870 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7871 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7872 return; 7873 } 7874 } 7875 7876 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7877 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7878 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7879 if (isReferenceType) 7880 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7881 } 7882 7883 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7884 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7885 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7886 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7887 7888 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7889 } 7890 7891 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7892 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7893 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7894 7895 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7896 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7897 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7898 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7899 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7900 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7901 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7902 Warn = false; 7903 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7904 } 7905 7906 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7907 if (Warn) 7908 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7909 return; 7910 } 7911 7912 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7913 // Visit that expression. 7914 Visit(Base); 7915 } 7916 7917 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7918 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7919 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7920 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7921 7922 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7923 } 7924 7925 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7926 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7927 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7928 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7929 if (!isPODType) 7930 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7931 return; 7932 } 7933 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7934 } 7935 7936 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7937 7938 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7939 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7940 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7941 unsigned diag; 7942 if (isReferenceType) { 7943 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7944 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7945 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7946 } else { 7947 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7948 } 7949 7950 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7951 S.PDiag(diag) 7952 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7953 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7954 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7955 } 7956 }; 7957 7958 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7959 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7960 bool DirectInit) { 7961 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7962 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7963 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7964 return; 7965 7966 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7967 7968 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7969 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7970 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7971 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7972 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7973 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7974 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7975 return; 7976 7977 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7978 } 7979 } 7980 7981 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7982 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7983 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7984 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7985 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7986 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7987 // the initializer. 7988 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7989 return; 7990 7991 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7992 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7993 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7994 // Thus this grotesque test. 7995 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7996 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7997 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7998 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7999 else { 8000 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8001 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8002 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8003 } 8004 return; 8005 } 8006 8007 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8008 if (!VDecl) { 8009 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8010 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8011 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8012 return; 8013 } 8014 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8015 8016 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8017 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8018 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8019 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8020 // contains exactly one expression. 8021 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8022 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8023 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8024 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8025 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8026 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8027 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8028 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8029 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8030 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8031 return; 8032 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8033 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8034 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8035 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8036 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8037 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8038 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8039 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8040 return; 8041 } else { 8042 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8043 } 8044 } 8045 8046 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8047 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8048 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8049 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8050 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8051 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8052 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8053 return; 8054 } 8055 Init = Result.take(); 8056 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8057 } 8058 8059 QualType DeducedType; 8060 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8061 DAR_Failed) 8062 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8063 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8064 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8065 return; 8066 } 8067 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8068 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8069 8070 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8071 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8072 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8073 8074 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8075 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8076 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8077 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8078 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8079 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8080 SourceLocation Loc = 8081 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8082 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8083 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8084 } 8085 8086 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8087 // the previously declared type. 8088 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8089 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8090 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8091 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8092 } 8093 8094 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8095 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8096 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8097 return; 8098 } 8099 8100 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8101 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8102 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8103 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8104 return; 8105 } 8106 8107 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8108 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8109 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8110 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8111 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8112 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8113 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8114 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8115 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8116 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8117 return; 8118 } 8119 8120 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8121 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8122 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8123 AbstractVariableType)) 8124 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8125 } 8126 8127 const VarDecl *Def; 8128 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8129 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8130 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8131 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8132 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8133 return; 8134 } 8135 8136 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 8137 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8138 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8139 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8140 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8141 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8142 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8143 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8144 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8145 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8146 // 8147 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8148 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8149 // declaration with an initializer. 8150 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8151 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8152 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8153 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8154 return; 8155 } 8156 8157 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8158 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8159 8160 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8161 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8162 return; 8163 } 8164 } 8165 8166 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8167 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8168 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8169 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8170 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8171 return; 8172 } 8173 8174 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8175 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8176 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8177 8178 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8179 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8180 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8181 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8182 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8183 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8184 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8185 return; 8186 } 8187 Init = Result.take(); 8188 } 8189 8190 // Perform the initialization. 8191 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8192 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8193 InitializationKind Kind 8194 = DirectInit ? 8195 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8196 Init->getLocStart(), 8197 Init->getLocEnd()) 8198 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8199 VDecl->getLocation()) 8200 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8201 Init->getLocStart()); 8202 8203 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8204 if (CXXDirectInit) 8205 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8206 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8207 8208 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8209 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8210 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8211 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8212 return; 8213 } 8214 8215 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8216 } 8217 8218 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8219 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8220 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8221 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8222 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8223 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8224 } 8225 8226 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8227 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8228 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8229 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8230 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8231 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8232 8233 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8234 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8235 8236 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8237 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8238 8239 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8240 // Although this code can still have problems: 8241 // id x = self.weakProp; 8242 // id y = self.weakProp; 8243 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8244 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8245 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8246 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8247 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8248 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8249 Init->getLocStart()); 8250 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8251 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8252 } 8253 } 8254 8255 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8256 // 8257 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8258 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8259 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8260 // 8261 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8262 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8263 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8264 // 8265 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8266 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8267 false, 8268 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8269 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8270 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8271 return; 8272 } 8273 Init = Result.take(); 8274 8275 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8276 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8277 8278 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8279 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8280 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8281 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8282 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8283 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8284 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8285 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8286 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8287 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8288 // constant expressions. 8289 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8290 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8291 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8292 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8293 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8294 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8295 } 8296 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8297 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8298 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8299 // 8300 // struct S { 8301 // static const int value = 17; 8302 // }; 8303 8304 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8305 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8306 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8307 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8308 // 8309 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8310 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8311 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8312 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8313 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8314 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8315 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8316 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8317 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8318 8319 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8320 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8321 8322 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8323 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8324 // type. 8325 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8326 8327 // Require constness. 8328 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8329 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8330 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8331 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8332 8333 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8334 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8335 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8336 SourceLocation Loc; 8337 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8338 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8339 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8340 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8341 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8342 ; // Nothing to check. 8343 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8344 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8345 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8346 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8347 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8348 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8349 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8350 } else { 8351 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8352 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8354 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8355 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8356 } 8357 8358 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8359 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8360 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8361 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8362 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8363 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8364 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8365 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8366 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8367 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8368 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8369 } else { 8370 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8371 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8372 8373 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8374 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8375 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8376 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8377 } 8378 } 8379 8380 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8381 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8382 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8383 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8384 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8385 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8386 8387 } else { 8388 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8389 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8390 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8391 } 8392 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8393 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8394 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8395 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8396 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8397 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8399 8400 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8401 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8402 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8403 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8404 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8405 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8406 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8407 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8408 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8409 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8410 // initialization. 8411 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8412 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8413 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8414 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8415 } 8416 } 8417 8418 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8419 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8420 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8421 // 8422 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8423 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8424 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8425 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8426 // special case code. 8427 8428 // C++ 8.5p11: 8429 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8430 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8431 // class type. 8432 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8433 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8434 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8435 } else if (DirectInit) { 8436 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8437 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8438 } 8439 8440 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8441 } 8442 8443 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8444 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8445 /// of sanity. 8446 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8447 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8448 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8449 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8450 8451 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8452 if (!VD) return; 8453 8454 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8455 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8456 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8457 return; 8458 } 8459 8460 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8461 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8462 8463 // Require a complete type. 8464 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8465 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8466 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8467 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8468 return; 8469 } 8470 8471 // Require an abstract type. 8472 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8473 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8474 AbstractVariableType)) { 8475 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8476 return; 8477 } 8478 8479 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8480 // though. 8481 } 8482 8483 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8484 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8485 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8486 if (RealDecl == 0) 8487 return; 8488 8489 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8490 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8491 8492 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8493 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8494 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8495 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8496 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8497 return; 8498 } 8499 8500 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8501 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8502 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8503 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8504 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8505 // member. 8506 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8507 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8508 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8509 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8510 << Var->getDeclName(); 8511 else 8512 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8513 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8514 return; 8515 } 8516 8517 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8518 case VarDecl::Definition: 8519 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8520 break; 8521 8522 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8523 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8524 // a declaration. 8525 // 8526 // Fall through 8527 8528 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8529 // It's only a declaration. 8530 8531 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8532 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8533 // object shall be complete. 8534 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8535 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8536 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8537 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8538 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8539 8540 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8541 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8542 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8543 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8544 AbstractVariableType)) 8545 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8546 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8547 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8548 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8549 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8550 } 8551 8552 return; 8553 8554 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8555 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8556 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8557 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8558 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8559 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8560 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8561 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8562 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8563 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8564 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8565 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8566 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8567 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8568 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8569 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8570 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8571 // NOTE: code such as the following 8572 // static struct s; 8573 // struct s { int a; }; 8574 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8575 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8576 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8577 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8578 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8579 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8580 } 8581 } 8582 8583 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8584 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8585 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8586 return; 8587 } 8588 8589 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8590 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8591 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8592 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8593 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8594 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8595 return; 8596 } 8597 8598 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8599 // definitions with reference type. 8600 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8601 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8602 << Var->getDeclName() 8603 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8604 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8605 return; 8606 } 8607 8608 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8609 // variable with dependent type. 8610 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8611 return; 8612 8613 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8614 return; 8615 8616 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8617 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8618 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8619 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8620 return; 8621 } 8622 8623 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8624 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8625 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8626 AbstractVariableType)) { 8627 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8628 return; 8629 } 8630 8631 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8632 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8633 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8634 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8635 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8636 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8637 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8638 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8639 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8640 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8641 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8642 if (const RecordType *Record 8643 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8644 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8645 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8646 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8647 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8648 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8649 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8650 } 8651 } 8652 8653 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8654 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8655 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8656 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8657 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8658 // type shall have a user-declared default 8659 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8660 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8661 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8662 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8663 // program is ill-formed. 8664 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8665 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8666 // default-initialized; [...]. 8667 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8668 InitializationKind Kind 8669 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8670 8671 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8672 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8673 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8674 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8675 else if (Init.get()) { 8676 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8677 // This is important for template substitution. 8678 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8679 } 8680 8681 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8682 } 8683 } 8684 8685 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8686 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8687 if (!VD) { 8688 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8689 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8690 return; 8691 } 8692 8693 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8694 8695 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8696 int Error = -1; 8697 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8698 case SC_None: 8699 break; 8700 case SC_Extern: 8701 Error = 0; 8702 break; 8703 case SC_Static: 8704 Error = 1; 8705 break; 8706 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8707 Error = 2; 8708 break; 8709 case SC_Auto: 8710 Error = 3; 8711 break; 8712 case SC_Register: 8713 Error = 4; 8714 break; 8715 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8716 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8717 } 8718 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8719 Error = 5; 8720 if (Error != -1) { 8721 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8722 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8723 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8724 } 8725 } 8726 8727 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8728 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8729 8730 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8731 // local retaining variable. 8732 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8733 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8734 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8735 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8736 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8737 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8738 break; 8739 8740 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8741 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8742 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8743 break; 8744 } 8745 } 8746 8747 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8748 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 8749 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8750 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8751 var->getLocation())) { 8752 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8753 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8754 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8755 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8756 8757 if (!prev) 8758 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8759 } 8760 8761 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8762 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8763 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8764 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8765 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8766 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8767 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8768 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8769 } 8770 8771 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8772 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8773 8774 QualType type = var->getType(); 8775 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8776 8777 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8778 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8779 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8780 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8781 8782 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8783 // constructing this copy. 8784 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8785 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8786 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8787 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8788 ExprResult result 8789 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8790 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8791 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8792 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8793 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8794 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8795 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8796 } 8797 } 8798 } 8799 8800 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8801 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8802 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8803 8804 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8805 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8806 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8807 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8808 var->getLocation()) 8809 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8810 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8811 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8812 // warned about them. 8813 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8814 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8815 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8816 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8817 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8818 } 8819 8820 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8821 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8822 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8823 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8824 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8825 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8826 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8827 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8828 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8829 Notes.clear(); 8830 } 8831 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8832 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8833 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8834 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8835 } 8836 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8837 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8838 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8839 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8840 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8841 } 8842 } 8843 8844 // Require the destructor. 8845 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8846 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8847 } 8848 8849 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8850 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8851 void 8852 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8853 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8854 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8855 8856 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8857 if (!VD) 8858 return; 8859 8860 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 8861 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8862 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "used"; 8863 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 8864 } 8865 } 8866 8867 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 8868 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 8869 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 8870 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8871 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 8872 << VD->getDeclName(); 8873 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8874 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8875 } 8876 } 8877 } 8878 8879 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8880 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8881 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8882 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8883 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8884 8885 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8886 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8887 8888 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8889 // tag values. 8890 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8891 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8892 return; 8893 8894 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8895 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8896 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8897 I != E; ++I) { 8898 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8899 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8900 continue; 8901 } 8902 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8903 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8904 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8905 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8906 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8907 continue; 8908 } 8909 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8910 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8911 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8912 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8913 continue; 8914 } 8915 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8916 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8917 MagicValue, 8918 I->getMatchingCType(), 8919 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8920 I->getMustBeNull()); 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8925 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8926 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8927 8928 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8929 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8930 8931 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0; 8932 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8933 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 8934 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 8935 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 8936 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 8937 Decls.push_back(D); 8938 } 8939 8940 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 8941 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 8942 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 8943 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 8944 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 8945 } 8946 } 8947 8948 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8949 } 8950 8951 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8952 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8953 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8954 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 8955 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8956 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8957 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8958 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8959 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8960 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8961 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8962 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8963 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 8964 QualType Deduced; 8965 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8966 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8967 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8968 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8969 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8970 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8971 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8972 break; 8973 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8974 if (!U.isNull()) { 8975 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8976 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8977 Deduced = U; 8978 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8979 DeducedDecl = D; 8980 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8981 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8982 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8983 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8984 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8985 << U << D->getDeclName() 8986 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8987 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8988 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8989 break; 8990 } 8991 } 8992 } 8993 } 8994 } 8995 8996 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 8997 8998 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 8999 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9000 } 9001 9002 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9003 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9004 } 9005 9006 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9007 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9008 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9009 return; 9010 9011 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9012 Group[0]->getLocation()) 9013 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 9014 return; 9015 9016 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9017 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9018 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9019 // additional declaration references: 9020 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9021 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9022 // 'struct S *pS;' 9023 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9024 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9025 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9026 Group = Group.slice(1); 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9031 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9032 if (!Comments.empty() && 9033 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9034 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9035 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9036 // 9037 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9038 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9039 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9040 // ahead through comments. 9041 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9042 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9043 } 9044 } 9045 9046 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9047 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9048 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9049 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9050 9051 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9052 9053 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9054 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9055 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9056 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9057 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9058 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9059 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9060 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9061 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9062 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9063 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9064 } 9065 9066 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9067 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9068 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9069 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9070 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9071 << 0; 9072 9073 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9074 9075 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9076 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9077 9078 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9079 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9080 // parameter. 9081 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9082 9083 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9084 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9085 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9086 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9087 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9088 } 9089 } 9090 9091 // Ensure we have a valid name 9092 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 9093 if (D.hasName()) { 9094 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9095 if (!II) { 9096 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9097 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 9098 D.setInvalidType(true); 9099 } 9100 } 9101 9102 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9103 if (II) { 9104 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9105 ForRedeclaration); 9106 LookupName(R, S); 9107 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9108 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9109 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9110 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9111 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9112 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9113 PrevDecl = 0; 9114 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9115 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9116 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9117 9118 // Recover by removing the name 9119 II = 0; 9120 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9121 D.setInvalidType(true); 9122 } 9123 } 9124 } 9125 9126 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9127 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9128 // looking like class members in C++. 9129 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9130 D.getLocStart(), 9131 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9132 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9133 StorageClass); 9134 9135 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9136 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9137 9138 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9139 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9140 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9141 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9142 9143 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9144 S->AddDecl(New); 9145 if (II) 9146 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9147 9148 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9149 9150 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9151 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9152 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9153 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9154 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9155 9156 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9157 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9158 } 9159 return New; 9160 } 9161 9162 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9163 /// typedef. 9164 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9165 SourceLocation Loc, 9166 QualType T) { 9167 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9168 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9169 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9170 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 9171 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9172 SC_None, 0); 9173 Param->setImplicit(); 9174 return Param; 9175 } 9176 9177 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9178 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9179 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9180 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9181 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9182 return; 9183 9184 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9185 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9186 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9187 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9188 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9189 } 9190 } 9191 } 9192 9193 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9194 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9195 QualType ReturnTy, 9196 NamedDecl *D) { 9197 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9198 return; 9199 9200 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9201 // threshold. 9202 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9203 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9204 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9205 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9206 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9207 } 9208 9209 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9210 // threshold. 9211 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9212 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9213 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9214 continue; 9215 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9216 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9217 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9218 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9219 } 9220 } 9221 9222 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9223 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9224 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9225 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9226 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9227 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9228 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9229 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9230 9231 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9232 9233 // Special cases for arrays: 9234 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9235 // - otherwise, it's an error 9236 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9237 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9238 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9239 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9240 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9241 } 9242 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9243 } else { 9244 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9245 } 9246 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9247 } 9248 9249 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9250 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9251 TSInfo, 9252 StorageClass, 0); 9253 9254 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9255 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9256 // the class has been completely parsed. 9257 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9258 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9259 AbstractParamType)) 9260 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9261 9262 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9263 // passed by reference. 9264 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9265 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9266 Diag(NameLoc, 9267 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9268 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9269 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9270 New->setType(T); 9271 } 9272 9273 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9274 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9275 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9276 // an address space. 9277 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9278 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9279 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9280 } 9281 9282 return New; 9283 } 9284 9285 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9286 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9287 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9288 9289 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9290 // for a K&R function. 9291 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9292 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9293 --i; 9294 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 9295 SmallString<256> Code; 9296 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 9297 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 9298 << ";\n"; 9299 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9300 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 9301 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9302 9303 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9304 // type. 9305 AttributeFactory attrs; 9306 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9307 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9308 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9309 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 9310 PrevSpec, DiagID); 9311 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9312 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9313 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9314 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9315 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9316 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9317 } 9318 } 9319 } 9320 } 9321 9322 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9323 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9324 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9325 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9326 9327 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9328 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9329 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9330 } 9331 9332 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9333 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9334 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9335 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9336 return false; 9337 9338 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9339 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9340 return false; 9341 9342 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9343 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9344 return false; 9345 9346 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9347 if (FD->isMain()) 9348 return false; 9349 9350 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9351 if (FD->isInlined()) 9352 return false; 9353 9354 // Don't warn about function templates. 9355 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9356 return false; 9357 9358 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9359 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9360 return false; 9361 9362 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9363 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9364 return false; 9365 9366 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9367 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9368 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9369 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9370 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9371 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9372 continue; 9373 9374 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9375 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9376 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9377 break; 9378 } 9379 9380 return MissingPrototype; 9381 } 9382 9383 void 9384 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9385 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9386 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9387 // was an extern inline function. 9388 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9389 if (!Definition) 9390 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9391 return; 9392 9393 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9394 return; 9395 9396 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9397 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9398 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9399 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9400 else 9401 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9402 9403 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9404 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9405 } 9406 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9407 Sema &S) { 9408 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9409 S.PushLambdaScope(); 9410 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda(); 9411 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9412 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9413 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getResultType(); 9414 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9415 9416 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9417 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9418 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9419 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9420 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9421 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9422 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9423 9424 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9425 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9426 9427 // FIXME: Add the captures to the LSI. 9428 } 9429 9430 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9431 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9432 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9433 9434 if (!D) 9435 return D; 9436 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9437 9438 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9439 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9440 else 9441 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9442 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9443 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9444 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9445 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9446 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9447 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9448 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9449 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9450 // have the LSI properly restored. 9451 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9452 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9453 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9454 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9455 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9456 } 9457 else 9458 // Enter a new function scope 9459 PushFunctionScope(); 9460 9461 // See if this is a redefinition. 9462 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9463 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9464 9465 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9466 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9467 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9468 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9469 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9470 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9471 } 9472 } 9473 9474 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9475 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9476 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 9477 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9478 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9479 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9480 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9481 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9482 9483 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9484 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9485 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9486 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9487 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9488 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9489 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9490 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9491 9492 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9493 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9494 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9495 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9496 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9497 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9498 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9499 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9500 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9501 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9503 } 9504 } 9505 } 9506 9507 if (FnBodyScope) 9508 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9509 9510 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9511 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9512 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9513 9514 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9515 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 9516 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 9517 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9518 9519 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9520 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9521 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9522 9523 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9524 } 9525 } 9526 9527 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9528 // introduce them into the function scope. 9529 if (FnBodyScope) { 9530 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9531 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9532 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9533 I != E; ++I) { 9534 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9535 9536 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9537 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9538 // and reattach to the current context. 9539 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9540 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9541 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 9542 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 9543 if (*DI == D) { 9544 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9545 break; 9546 } 9547 } 9548 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9549 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9550 } 9551 9552 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9553 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9554 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9555 9556 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9557 // accessible in this scope. 9558 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9559 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 9560 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 9561 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9562 } 9563 } 9564 } 9565 9566 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9567 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9568 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9569 9570 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9571 // dllimport attribute. 9572 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9573 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9574 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9575 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9576 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9577 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9578 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9579 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9580 << "dllimport"; 9581 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9582 return D; 9583 } 9584 9585 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9586 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9587 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9588 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9589 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9590 // emitted. 9591 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9592 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9593 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 9594 } 9595 } 9596 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9597 // a function template). 9598 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9599 return D; 9600 } 9601 9602 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9603 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9604 /// optimization. 9605 /// 9606 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9607 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9608 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9609 /// use the named return value optimization. 9610 /// 9611 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9612 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9613 /// the NRVO variable. 9614 /// 9615 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9616 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9617 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9618 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9619 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9620 9621 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9622 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9623 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9624 return; 9625 9626 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9627 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9628 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9629 return; 9630 } 9631 9632 if (NRVOCandidate) 9633 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9634 } 9635 9636 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9637 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 9638 return false; 9639 9640 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 9641 return true; 9642 9643 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9644 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9645 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9646 else 9647 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9648 9649 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9650 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9651 // rest of the file. 9652 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9653 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9654 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 9655 } 9656 9657 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9658 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9659 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9660 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9661 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9662 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9663 } 9664 9665 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9666 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9667 } 9668 9669 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9670 bool IsInstantiation) { 9671 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9672 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 9673 if (FunTmpl) 9674 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9675 else 9676 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 9677 9678 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9679 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9680 9681 if (FD) { 9682 FD->setBody(Body); 9683 9684 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9685 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9686 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9687 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9688 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9689 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9690 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9691 << FD->getResultType(); 9692 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9693 } else { 9694 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9695 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9696 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 9697 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9698 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9699 } 9700 } 9701 9702 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9703 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9704 // is the first declaration. 9705 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9706 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9707 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9708 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9709 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9710 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9711 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9712 } 9713 9714 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9715 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9716 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9717 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9718 9719 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9720 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 9721 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 9722 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9723 9724 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9725 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9726 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9727 FD->getResultType(), FD); 9728 9729 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9730 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9731 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9732 9733 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9734 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9735 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9736 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 9737 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9738 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9739 } 9740 9741 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9742 "Function parsing confused"); 9743 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9744 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9745 MD->setBody(Body); 9746 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9747 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9748 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9749 MD->getResultType(), MD); 9750 9751 if (Body) 9752 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9753 } 9754 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9755 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9756 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9757 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9758 } 9759 } else { 9760 return 0; 9761 } 9762 9763 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9764 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9765 "handled in the block above."); 9766 9767 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9768 if (Body) { 9769 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9770 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9771 // Verify this. 9772 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9773 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9774 9775 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9776 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9777 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9778 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9779 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9780 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9781 9782 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9783 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9784 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9785 9786 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9787 Destructor->getParent()); 9788 } 9789 9790 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9791 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9792 // deletion in some later function. 9793 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9794 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9795 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9796 } 9797 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9798 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9799 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9800 // enabled. 9801 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9802 } 9803 9804 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9805 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9806 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9807 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9808 9809 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9810 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9811 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9812 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9813 } 9814 9815 if (!IsInstantiation) 9816 PopDeclContext(); 9817 9818 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9819 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9820 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9821 // deletion in some later function. 9822 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9823 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9824 } 9825 9826 return dcl; 9827 } 9828 9829 9830 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9831 /// relevant Decl. 9832 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9833 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9834 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9835 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9836 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9837 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9838 9839 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9840 if (Method->isStatic()) 9841 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9842 } 9843 9844 9845 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9846 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9847 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9848 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9849 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9850 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9851 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9852 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9853 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9854 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9855 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9856 return ExternCPrev; 9857 } 9858 9859 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9860 unsigned diag_id; 9861 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9862 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9863 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9864 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9865 else 9866 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9867 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9868 9869 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9870 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9871 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9872 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9873 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9874 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9875 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) 9876 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 9877 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 9878 } 9879 9880 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9881 const char *Dummy; 9882 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9883 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9884 unsigned DiagID; 9885 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9886 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9887 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9888 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9889 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9890 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9891 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9892 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9893 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9894 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9895 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9896 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9897 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9898 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9899 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9900 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9901 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9902 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9903 EST_None, 9904 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9905 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9906 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9907 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9908 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9909 Loc, Loc, D), 9910 DS.getAttributes(), 9911 SourceLocation()); 9912 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9913 9914 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9915 9916 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9917 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9918 9919 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9920 FD->setImplicit(); 9921 9922 CurContext = PrevDC; 9923 9924 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9925 9926 return FD; 9927 } 9928 9929 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9930 /// the declaration of this function. 9931 /// 9932 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9933 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9934 /// like NSLog or printf. 9935 /// 9936 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9937 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 9938 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9939 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9940 return; 9941 9942 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9943 // actual attributes. 9944 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9945 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9946 unsigned FormatIdx; 9947 bool HasVAListArg; 9948 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9949 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9950 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9951 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9952 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9953 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9954 fmt = "NSString"; 9955 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9956 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 9957 FormatIdx+1, 9958 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9959 } 9960 } 9961 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9962 HasVAListArg)) { 9963 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9964 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9965 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 9966 FormatIdx+1, 9967 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9968 } 9969 9970 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9971 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9972 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9973 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9974 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9975 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9976 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9977 } 9978 9979 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9980 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9981 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9982 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9983 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9984 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9985 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9986 } 9987 9988 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9989 if (!Name) 9990 return; 9991 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9992 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9993 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9994 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9995 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9996 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9997 // about. 9998 } else 9999 return; 10000 10001 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10002 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10003 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10004 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10005 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 10006 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10007 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 10008 } 10009 10010 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10011 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10012 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10013 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10014 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 10015 } 10016 } 10017 10018 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10019 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10020 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10021 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10022 10023 if (!TInfo) { 10024 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10025 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10026 } 10027 10028 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10029 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10030 D.getLocStart(), 10031 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10032 D.getIdentifier(), 10033 TInfo); 10034 10035 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10036 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10037 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10038 return NewTD; 10039 } 10040 10041 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10042 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10043 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10044 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10045 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10046 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10047 else 10048 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10049 } 10050 10051 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10052 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10053 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10054 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10055 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10056 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10057 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10058 case TST_enum: 10059 case TST_struct: 10060 case TST_interface: 10061 case TST_union: 10062 case TST_class: { 10063 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10064 10065 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10066 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10067 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10068 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10069 10070 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10071 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10072 10073 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10074 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10075 break; 10076 10077 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10078 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10079 break; 10080 } 10081 10082 default: 10083 break; 10084 } 10085 10086 return NewTD; 10087 } 10088 10089 10090 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10091 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10092 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10093 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10094 10095 if (T->isDependentType()) 10096 return false; 10097 10098 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10099 if (BT->isInteger()) 10100 return false; 10101 10102 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10103 return true; 10104 } 10105 10106 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10107 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10108 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10109 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10110 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10111 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10112 10113 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10114 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10115 << Prev->isScoped(); 10116 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10117 return true; 10118 } 10119 10120 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10121 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10122 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10123 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10124 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10125 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10126 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10127 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10128 return true; 10129 } 10130 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10131 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10132 << Prev->isFixed(); 10133 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10134 return true; 10135 } 10136 10137 return false; 10138 } 10139 10140 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10141 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10142 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10143 /// 10144 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10145 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10146 switch (Tag) { 10147 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10148 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10149 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10150 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10151 } 10152 } 10153 10154 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10155 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10156 /// 10157 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10158 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10159 { 10160 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10161 } 10162 10163 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10164 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10165 /// 10166 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10167 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10168 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10169 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10170 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10171 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10172 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10173 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10174 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10175 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10176 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10177 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10178 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10179 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10180 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10181 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10182 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10183 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10184 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10185 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10186 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10187 return true; 10188 10189 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10190 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10191 bool isTemplate = false; 10192 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10193 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10194 10195 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10196 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10197 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10198 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10199 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10200 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10201 return true; 10202 } 10203 10204 if (isDefinition) { 10205 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10206 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10207 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10208 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10209 return true; 10210 } 10211 10212 bool previousMismatch = false; 10213 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 10214 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 10215 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10216 if (!previousMismatch) { 10217 previousMismatch = true; 10218 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10219 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10220 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10221 } 10222 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10223 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10224 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10225 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10226 } 10227 } 10228 return true; 10229 } 10230 10231 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10232 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10233 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10234 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10235 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10236 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10237 return true; 10238 } 10239 10240 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10241 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10242 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10243 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10244 10245 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 10246 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10247 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10248 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10249 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10250 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10251 } 10252 10253 return true; 10254 } 10255 return false; 10256 } 10257 10258 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10259 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10260 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10261 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10262 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10263 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10264 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10265 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10266 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10267 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10268 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10269 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10270 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10271 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 10272 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10273 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10274 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10275 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10276 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10277 10278 OwnedDecl = false; 10279 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10280 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10281 10282 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10283 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10284 bool Invalid = false; 10285 10286 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10287 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10288 // for non-C++ cases. 10289 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10290 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10291 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10292 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10293 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10294 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10295 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10296 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10297 return 0; 10298 } 10299 10300 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10301 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10302 // be a member of another template). 10303 10304 if (Invalid) 10305 return 0; 10306 10307 OwnedDecl = false; 10308 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10309 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10310 TemplateParams, AS, 10311 ModulePrivateLoc, 10312 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10313 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10314 return Result.get(); 10315 } else { 10316 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10317 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10318 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10319 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10320 } 10321 } 10322 } 10323 10324 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10325 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10326 // redeclaration. 10327 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10328 10329 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10330 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10331 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10332 // type, default to int. 10333 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10334 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10335 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10336 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10337 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10338 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10339 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10340 10341 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10342 // Recover by falling back to int. 10343 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10344 10345 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10346 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10347 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10348 10349 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10350 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10351 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10352 } 10353 10354 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10355 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10356 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10357 10358 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10359 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10360 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10361 10362 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10363 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10364 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10365 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10366 10367 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10368 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10369 Name = 0; 10370 goto CreateNewDecl; 10371 } 10372 10373 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10374 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10375 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10376 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10377 if (!DC) { 10378 IsDependent = true; 10379 return 0; 10380 } 10381 } else { 10382 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10383 if (!DC) { 10384 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10385 << SS.getRange(); 10386 return 0; 10387 } 10388 } 10389 10390 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10391 return 0; 10392 10393 SearchDC = DC; 10394 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10395 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10396 10397 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10398 return 0; 10399 10400 if (Previous.empty()) { 10401 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10402 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10403 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10404 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10405 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10406 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10407 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10408 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10409 IsDependent = true; 10410 return 0; 10411 } 10412 10413 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10414 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10415 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10416 Name = 0; 10417 Invalid = true; 10418 goto CreateNewDecl; 10419 } 10420 } else if (Name) { 10421 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10422 // declaration or definition. 10423 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10424 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10425 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10426 LookupName(Previous, S); 10427 10428 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10429 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10430 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10431 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10432 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10433 while (F.hasNext()) { 10434 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10435 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10436 F.erase(); 10437 } 10438 F.done(); 10439 } 10440 10441 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10442 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10443 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10444 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10445 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10446 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10447 // 10448 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10449 // semantic context? 10450 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10451 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10452 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10453 while (F.hasNext()) { 10454 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10455 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10456 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10457 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10458 F.erase(); 10459 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10460 } 10461 } 10462 F.done(); 10463 } 10464 10465 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10466 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10467 return 0; 10468 10469 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10470 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10471 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10472 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10473 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10474 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10475 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10476 } 10477 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10478 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10479 // initial context to the translation unit. 10480 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10481 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10482 } 10483 10484 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10485 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10486 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10487 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10488 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10489 Previous.clear(); 10490 } 10491 10492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10493 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10494 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10495 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10496 10497 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10498 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10499 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10500 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10501 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10502 } 10503 } 10504 10505 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10506 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10507 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10508 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10509 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10510 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10511 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10512 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10513 10514 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10515 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10516 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10517 // 10518 // class-key identifier 10519 // 10520 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10521 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10522 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10523 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10524 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10525 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10526 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10527 // declaration. 10528 // 10529 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10530 // C structs and unions. 10531 // 10532 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10533 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10534 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10535 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10536 // 10537 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10538 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10539 // 10540 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10541 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10542 // lexical context, 10543 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10544 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10545 10546 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10547 while (S->isClassScope() || 10548 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10549 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10550 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10551 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 10552 S = S->getParent(); 10553 } else { 10554 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10555 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10556 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10557 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10558 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10559 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10560 } 10561 10562 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10563 // diagnose some problems. 10564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10565 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10566 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10567 } 10568 } 10569 10570 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10571 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 10572 10573 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10574 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10575 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10576 // in C++. 10577 // 10578 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10579 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10580 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10581 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10583 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10584 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10585 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10586 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10587 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10588 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10589 PrevDecl = Tag; 10590 Previous.clear(); 10591 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10592 Previous.resolveKind(); 10593 } 10594 } 10595 } 10596 } 10597 10598 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10599 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10600 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10601 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10602 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10603 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10604 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10605 // struct or something similar. 10606 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10607 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10608 *Name)) { 10609 bool SafeToContinue 10610 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10611 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10612 if (SafeToContinue) 10613 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10614 << Name 10615 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10616 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10617 else 10618 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10619 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10620 10621 if (SafeToContinue) 10622 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10623 else { 10624 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10625 Name = 0; 10626 Previous.clear(); 10627 Invalid = true; 10628 } 10629 } 10630 10631 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10632 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10633 10634 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10635 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10636 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10637 if (ScopedEnum) 10638 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10639 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10640 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10641 return PrevTagDecl; 10642 } 10643 10644 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10645 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10646 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 10647 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10648 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10649 10650 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10651 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10652 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10653 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10654 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10655 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10656 } 10657 10658 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10659 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10660 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10661 // and then later defined. 10662 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10663 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10664 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10665 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10666 } 10667 10668 if (!Invalid) { 10669 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10670 10671 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10672 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10673 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10674 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10675 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10676 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10677 return PrevTagDecl; 10678 10679 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10680 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10681 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10682 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10683 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10684 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10685 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10686 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10687 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10688 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10689 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10690 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10691 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10692 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10693 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10694 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10695 } 10696 10697 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10698 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10699 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10700 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10701 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10702 else 10703 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10704 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10705 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10706 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10707 // references get the previous definition. 10708 Name = 0; 10709 Previous.clear(); 10710 Invalid = true; 10711 } 10712 } else { 10713 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10714 // about a nested redefinition. 10715 const TagType *Tag 10716 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10717 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10718 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10719 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10720 diag::note_previous_definition); 10721 Name = 0; 10722 Previous.clear(); 10723 Invalid = true; 10724 } 10725 } 10726 10727 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10728 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10729 } 10730 } 10731 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10732 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10733 10734 } else { 10735 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10736 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10737 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10738 // have distinct types. 10739 Previous.clear(); 10740 } 10741 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10742 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10743 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10744 10745 10746 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10747 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10748 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10749 } else { 10750 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10751 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10752 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10753 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10754 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10755 unsigned Kind = 0; 10756 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10757 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10758 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10759 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10760 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10761 Invalid = true; 10762 10763 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10764 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10765 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10766 // do nothing 10767 10768 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10769 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10770 unsigned Kind = 0; 10771 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10772 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10773 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10774 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10775 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10776 Invalid = true; 10777 10778 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10779 // case here. 10780 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10781 unsigned Kind = 0; 10782 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10783 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10784 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10785 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10786 Invalid = true; 10787 10788 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10789 } else { 10790 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10791 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10792 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10793 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10794 Name = 0; 10795 Invalid = true; 10796 } 10797 10798 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10799 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10800 Previous.clear(); 10801 } 10802 } 10803 10804 CreateNewDecl: 10805 10806 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10807 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10808 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10809 10810 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10811 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10812 // keyword. 10813 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10814 10815 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10816 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10817 // PrevDecl. 10818 TagDecl *New; 10819 10820 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10821 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10822 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10823 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10824 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10825 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10826 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10827 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10828 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10829 TagDecl *Def; 10830 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10831 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10832 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10833 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10834 } 10835 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10836 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10837 << New; 10838 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10839 } else { 10840 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10841 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10842 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10843 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10844 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10845 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10846 10847 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10848 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10849 // the declaration context. 10850 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10851 IsForwardReference = true; 10852 } 10853 } 10854 10855 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10856 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10857 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10858 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10859 else 10860 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10861 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10862 } 10863 10864 } else { 10865 // struct/union/class 10866 10867 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10868 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10869 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10870 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10871 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10872 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10873 10874 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10875 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10876 } else 10877 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10878 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10879 } 10880 10881 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10882 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10883 if (SS.isSet()) { 10884 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10885 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10886 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10887 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10888 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10889 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10890 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10891 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10892 Invalid = true; 10893 10894 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10895 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10896 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10897 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10898 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10899 } 10900 } 10901 else 10902 Invalid = true; 10903 } 10904 10905 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10906 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10907 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10908 // 10909 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10910 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10911 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10912 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10913 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10914 // parsing of the struct). 10915 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10916 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10917 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10918 } 10919 } 10920 10921 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10922 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10923 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10924 << 2 10925 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10926 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10927 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10928 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10929 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10930 New->setModulePrivate(); 10931 } 10932 10933 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10934 // check the specialization. 10935 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10936 Invalid = true; 10937 10938 if (Invalid) 10939 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10940 10941 if (Attr) 10942 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10943 10944 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10945 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10946 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10947 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10948 10949 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10950 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10951 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10952 10953 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10954 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10955 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10956 // the tag name visible. 10957 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10958 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 10959 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10960 10961 // Set the access specifier. 10962 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10963 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10964 10965 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10966 New->startDefinition(); 10967 10968 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10969 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10970 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10971 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10972 if (PrevDecl) 10973 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10974 10975 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10976 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10977 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10978 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10979 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10980 } else if (Name) { 10981 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10982 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10983 if (IsForwardReference) 10984 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10985 10986 } else { 10987 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10988 } 10989 10990 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10991 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10992 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10993 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10994 II->isStr("FILE")) 10995 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10996 10997 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10998 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10999 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11000 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 11001 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11002 11003 if (PrevDecl) 11004 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11005 11006 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11007 // record. 11008 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11009 11010 OwnedDecl = true; 11011 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11012 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11013 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 11014 } 11015 11016 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11017 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11018 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11019 11020 // Enter the tag context. 11021 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11022 11023 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11024 11025 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11026 // record. 11027 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11028 } 11029 11030 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11031 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11032 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11033 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11034 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11035 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11036 CurContext = OCD; 11037 return IDecl; 11038 } 11039 11040 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11041 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11042 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11043 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11044 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11045 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11046 11047 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11048 11049 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11050 return; 11051 11052 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11053 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11054 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11055 11056 // C++ [class]p2: 11057 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11058 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11059 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11060 // as if it were a public member name. 11061 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11062 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11063 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11064 Record->getIdentifier(), 11065 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 11066 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11067 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11068 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11069 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11070 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11071 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11072 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11073 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11074 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11075 } 11076 11077 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11078 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11079 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11080 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11081 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11082 11083 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11084 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11085 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11086 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11087 RD->completeDefinition(); 11088 } 11089 11090 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11091 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11092 11093 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11094 PopDeclContext(); 11095 11096 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11097 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11098 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11099 11100 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11101 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11102 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11103 } 11104 11105 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11106 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11107 PopDeclContext(); 11108 } 11109 11110 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11111 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11112 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11113 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11114 } 11115 11116 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11117 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11118 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 11119 } 11120 11121 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11122 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11123 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11124 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11125 11126 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11127 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11128 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11129 RD->completeDefinition(); 11130 } 11131 11132 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11133 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11134 // the FieldCollector. 11135 11136 PopDeclContext(); 11137 } 11138 11139 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11140 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11141 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11142 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11143 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11144 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11145 if (ZeroWidth) 11146 *ZeroWidth = true; 11147 11148 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11149 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11150 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11151 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11152 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11153 return ExprError(); 11154 if (FieldName) 11155 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11156 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11157 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11158 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11159 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11160 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11161 return ExprError(); 11162 11163 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11164 // it now. 11165 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11166 return Owned(BitWidth); 11167 11168 llvm::APSInt Value; 11169 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11170 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11171 return ICE; 11172 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 11173 11174 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11175 *ZeroWidth = false; 11176 11177 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11178 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11179 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11180 11181 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11182 if (FieldName) 11183 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11184 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11185 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11186 << Value.toString(10); 11187 } 11188 11189 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11190 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11191 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11192 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) { 11193 if (FieldName) 11194 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11195 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11196 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11197 11198 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11199 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11200 } 11201 11202 if (FieldName) 11203 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11204 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11205 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11206 else 11207 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11208 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11209 } 11210 } 11211 11212 return Owned(BitWidth); 11213 } 11214 11215 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11216 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11217 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11218 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11219 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11220 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11221 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11222 return Res; 11223 } 11224 11225 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11226 /// 11227 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11228 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11229 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11230 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11231 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11232 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11233 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11234 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11235 11236 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11237 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11238 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11239 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11240 11241 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11242 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11243 D.setInvalidType(); 11244 T = Context.IntTy; 11245 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11246 } 11247 } 11248 11249 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11250 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11251 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11252 D.setInvalidType(); 11253 } 11254 11255 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11256 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11257 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11258 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11259 D.setInvalidType(); 11260 } 11261 11262 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11263 11264 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11265 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11266 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11267 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11268 11269 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11270 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11271 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11272 LookupName(Previous, S); 11273 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11274 case LookupResult::Found: 11275 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11276 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11277 break; 11278 11279 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11280 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11281 break; 11282 11283 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11284 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11285 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11286 break; 11287 } 11288 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11289 11290 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11291 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11292 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11293 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11294 PrevDecl = 0; 11295 } 11296 11297 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11298 PrevDecl = 0; 11299 11300 bool Mutable 11301 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11302 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11303 FieldDecl *NewFD 11304 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11305 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11306 11307 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11308 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11309 11310 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11311 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11312 11313 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11314 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11315 // with the same name in the same scope. 11316 } else if (II) { 11317 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11318 } else 11319 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11320 11321 return NewFD; 11322 } 11323 11324 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11325 /// 11326 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11327 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11328 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11329 /// created. 11330 /// 11331 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11332 /// 11333 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11334 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11336 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11337 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11338 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11339 SourceLocation TSSL, 11340 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11341 Declarator *D) { 11342 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11343 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11344 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11345 11346 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11347 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11348 if (T.isNull()) { 11349 InvalidDecl = true; 11350 T = Context.IntTy; 11351 } 11352 11353 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11354 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11355 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11356 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11357 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11358 InvalidDecl = true; 11359 } else { 11360 NamedDecl *Def; 11361 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11362 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11363 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11364 InvalidDecl = true; 11365 } 11366 } 11367 } 11368 11369 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11370 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11371 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11372 InvalidDecl = true; 11373 } 11374 11375 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11376 // than a variably modified type. 11377 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11378 bool SizeIsNegative; 11379 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11380 11381 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11382 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11383 SizeIsNegative, 11384 Oversized); 11385 if (FixedTInfo) { 11386 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11387 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11388 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11389 } else { 11390 if (SizeIsNegative) 11391 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11392 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11393 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11394 << Oversized.toString(10); 11395 else 11396 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11397 InvalidDecl = true; 11398 } 11399 } 11400 11401 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11402 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11403 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11404 AbstractFieldType)) 11405 InvalidDecl = true; 11406 11407 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11408 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11409 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11410 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11411 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11412 if (!BitWidth) { 11413 InvalidDecl = true; 11414 BitWidth = 0; 11415 ZeroWidth = false; 11416 } 11417 } 11418 11419 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11420 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11421 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11422 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11423 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11424 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11425 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11426 11427 if (DiagID) { 11428 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11429 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11430 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11431 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11432 Mutable = false; 11433 InvalidDecl = true; 11434 } 11435 } 11436 11437 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11438 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11439 if (InvalidDecl) 11440 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11441 11442 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11443 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11444 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11445 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11446 } 11447 11448 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11449 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11450 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11451 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11452 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11453 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11454 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11455 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11456 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11457 // objects. 11458 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11459 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11460 } 11461 } 11462 11463 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11464 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11465 // enabled. 11466 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11467 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11468 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11469 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11470 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11471 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11472 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11473 } 11474 } 11475 } 11476 11477 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11478 // representation, not a parser representation. 11479 if (D) { 11480 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11481 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11482 11483 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11484 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11485 } 11486 11487 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11488 // retainable type. 11489 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11490 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11491 11492 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11493 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11494 11495 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11496 return NewFD; 11497 } 11498 11499 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11500 assert(FD); 11501 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11502 11503 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11504 return false; 11505 11506 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11507 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11508 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11509 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11510 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11511 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11512 // copy constructors. 11513 11514 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11515 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11516 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11517 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11518 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11519 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11520 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11521 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11522 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11523 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11524 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11525 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11526 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11527 member = CXXDestructor; 11528 11529 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11530 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11531 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11532 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11533 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11534 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11535 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11536 // members unavailable. 11537 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11538 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11539 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11540 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 11541 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11542 return false; 11543 } 11544 } 11545 11546 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11547 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11548 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11549 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11550 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11551 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11552 } 11553 } 11554 } 11555 11556 return false; 11557 } 11558 11559 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11560 /// AST enum value. 11561 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11562 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11563 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11564 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11565 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11566 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11567 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11568 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11569 } 11570 } 11571 11572 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11573 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11574 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11575 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11576 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11577 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11578 11579 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11580 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11581 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11582 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11583 11584 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11585 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11586 11587 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11588 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11589 11590 if (BitWidth) { 11591 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11592 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11593 if (!BitWidth) 11594 D.setInvalidType(); 11595 } else { 11596 // Not a bitfield. 11597 11598 // validate II. 11599 11600 } 11601 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11602 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11603 D.setInvalidType(); 11604 } 11605 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11606 // than a variably modified type. 11607 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11608 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11609 D.setInvalidType(); 11610 } 11611 11612 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11613 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11614 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11615 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11616 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11617 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11618 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11619 return 0; 11620 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11621 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11622 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11623 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11624 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11625 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11626 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11627 } 11628 else 11629 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11630 } else { 11631 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11632 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11633 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11634 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11635 return 0; 11636 } 11637 } 11638 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11639 } 11640 11641 // Construct the decl. 11642 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11643 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11644 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11645 11646 if (II) { 11647 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11648 ForRedeclaration); 11649 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11650 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11652 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11653 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11654 } 11655 } 11656 11657 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11658 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11659 11660 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11661 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11662 11663 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11664 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11665 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11666 11667 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11668 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11669 11670 if (II) { 11671 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11672 // these to the interface. 11673 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11674 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11675 } 11676 11677 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11678 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11680 11681 return NewID; 11682 } 11683 11684 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11685 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11686 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11687 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11688 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11689 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11690 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11691 return; 11692 11693 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11694 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11695 11696 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11697 return; 11698 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11699 if (!ID) { 11700 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11701 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11702 return; 11703 } 11704 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11705 else 11706 return; 11707 } 11708 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11709 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11710 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11711 11712 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11713 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11714 Context.CharTy, 11715 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11716 DeclLoc), 11717 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11718 true); 11719 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11720 } 11721 11722 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11723 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 11724 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 11725 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11726 11727 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11728 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11729 // it will now change. 11730 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11731 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11732 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11733 default: break; 11734 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11735 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11736 break; 11737 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11738 Context. 11739 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11740 break; 11741 } 11742 } 11743 11744 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11745 11746 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11747 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11748 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11749 if (Record) { 11750 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11751 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11752 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11753 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11754 ++NumNamedMembers; 11755 } 11756 } 11757 11758 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11759 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11760 11761 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11762 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11763 i != end; ++i) { 11764 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11765 11766 // Get the type for the field. 11767 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11768 11769 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11770 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11771 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11772 } 11773 11774 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11775 // diagnostics about it. 11776 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11777 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11778 continue; 11779 } 11780 11781 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11782 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11783 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11784 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11785 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11786 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11787 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11788 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11789 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11790 // array. 11791 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11792 // Field declared as a function. 11793 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11794 << FD->getDeclName(); 11795 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11796 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11797 continue; 11798 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11799 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11800 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11801 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11802 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11803 // Flexible array member. 11804 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11805 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11806 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11807 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11808 if (Record->isUnion()) 11809 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11810 << FD->getDeclName(); 11811 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11812 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11813 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11814 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11815 if (Record->isUnion()) 11816 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11817 << FD->getDeclName(); 11818 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11819 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11820 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11821 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11822 if (Record->isUnion()) 11823 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11824 << FD->getDeclName(); 11825 else 11826 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11827 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11828 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11829 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11830 << FD->getDeclName(); 11831 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11832 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11833 continue; 11834 } 11835 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11836 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11837 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11838 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11839 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11840 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11841 continue; 11842 } 11843 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11844 if (Record) 11845 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11846 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11847 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11848 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11849 // Incomplete type 11850 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11851 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11852 continue; 11853 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11854 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11855 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11856 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11857 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11858 } else { 11859 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11860 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11861 // structures. 11862 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11863 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11864 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11865 else { 11866 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11867 // other structs as an extension. 11868 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11869 << FD->getDeclName(); 11870 if (Record) 11871 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11872 } 11873 } 11874 } 11875 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11876 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11877 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11878 AbstractIvarType)) { 11879 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11880 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11881 } 11882 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11883 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11884 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11885 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11886 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11887 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11888 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11889 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11890 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11891 FD->setType(T); 11892 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11893 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11894 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11895 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11896 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11897 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11898 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11899 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11900 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11901 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11902 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11903 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11904 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11905 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11906 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11907 } 11908 } else { 11909 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11910 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11911 } 11912 ARCErrReported = true; 11913 } 11914 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11915 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11916 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11917 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11918 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11919 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11920 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11921 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11922 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11923 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11924 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11925 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11926 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11927 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11928 } 11929 } 11930 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11931 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11932 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11933 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11934 ++NumNamedMembers; 11935 } 11936 11937 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11938 if (Record) { 11939 bool Completed = false; 11940 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11941 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11942 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11943 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11944 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11945 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11946 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11947 11948 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11949 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11950 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11951 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11952 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11953 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11954 11955 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11956 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11957 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11958 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11959 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11960 } 11961 11962 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11963 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11964 11965 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11966 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11967 // problem now. 11968 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11969 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11970 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11971 11972 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11973 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11974 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11975 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11976 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11977 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11978 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11979 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11980 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11981 continue; 11982 11983 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11984 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11985 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11986 // program is ill-formed. 11987 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11988 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11989 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11990 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11991 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11992 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11993 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11994 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11995 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11996 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11997 11998 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11999 } 12000 } 12001 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12002 Completed = true; 12003 } 12004 } 12005 } 12006 } 12007 12008 if (!Completed) 12009 Record->completeDefinition(); 12010 12011 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 12012 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12013 12014 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 12015 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12016 bool ZeroSize = true; 12017 bool IsEmpty = true; 12018 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12019 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12020 E = Record->field_end(); 12021 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12022 IsEmpty = false; 12023 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12024 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12025 ZeroSize = false; 12026 } else { 12027 ++NonBitFields; 12028 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12029 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12030 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12031 ZeroSize = false; 12032 } 12033 } 12034 12035 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 12036 // C++. 12037 if (ZeroSize) 12038 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 12039 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12040 12041 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 12042 // are accepted by GCC. 12043 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 12044 if (IsEmpty) 12045 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 12046 else 12047 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 12048 } 12049 } 12050 } else { 12051 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12052 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12053 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12054 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12055 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12056 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12057 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12058 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12059 } 12060 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12061 // duplicates. 12062 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12063 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12064 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12065 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12066 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12067 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12068 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12069 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12070 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12071 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12072 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12073 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12074 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12075 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12076 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12077 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12078 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12079 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12080 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12081 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12082 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12083 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12084 if (IDecl) { 12085 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12086 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12087 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12088 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12089 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12090 continue; 12091 } 12092 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 12093 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 12094 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 12095 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 12096 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12097 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12098 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12099 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12100 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12101 continue; 12102 } 12103 } 12104 } 12105 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12106 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12107 } 12108 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12109 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12110 } 12111 } 12112 12113 if (Attr) 12114 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12115 } 12116 12117 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12118 /// the given type T. 12119 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12120 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12121 QualType T) { 12122 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12123 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12124 12125 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12126 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12127 --BitWidth; 12128 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12129 } 12130 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12131 } 12132 12133 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12134 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12135 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12136 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12137 // enum checking below. 12138 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12139 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12140 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12141 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12142 }; 12143 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12144 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12145 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12146 }; 12147 12148 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12149 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12150 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12151 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12152 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12153 return Types[I]; 12154 12155 return QualType(); 12156 } 12157 12158 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12159 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12160 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12161 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12162 Expr *Val) { 12163 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12164 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12165 QualType EltTy; 12166 12167 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12168 Val = 0; 12169 12170 if (Val) 12171 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 12172 12173 if (Val) { 12174 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12175 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12176 else { 12177 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12179 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 12180 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12181 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12182 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12183 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12184 ExprResult Converted = 12185 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12186 CCEK_Enumerator); 12187 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12188 Val = 0; 12189 else 12190 Val = Converted.take(); 12191 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12192 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12193 &EnumVal).take())) { 12194 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12195 } else { 12196 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12197 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12198 12199 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12200 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12201 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12202 // expression checking. 12203 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12204 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 12205 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12206 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12207 } else 12208 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12209 } else 12210 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12211 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12212 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12213 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12214 // is the type of its initializing value: 12215 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12216 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12217 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12218 } else { 12219 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12220 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12221 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12222 // representable as an int. 12223 12224 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12225 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12226 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12227 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12228 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12229 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12230 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12231 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12232 } 12233 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12234 } 12235 } 12236 } 12237 } 12238 12239 if (!Val) { 12240 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12241 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12242 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12243 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12244 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12245 // is the type of its initializing value: 12246 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12247 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12248 // 12249 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12250 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12251 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12252 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12253 } 12254 else { 12255 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12256 } 12257 } else { 12258 // Assign the last value + 1. 12259 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12260 ++EnumVal; 12261 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12262 12263 // Check for overflow on increment. 12264 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12265 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12266 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12267 // is the type of its initializing value: 12268 // 12269 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12270 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12271 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12272 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12273 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12274 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12275 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12276 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12277 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12278 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12279 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12280 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12281 ++EnumVal; 12282 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12283 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12284 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12285 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12286 << EltTy; 12287 else 12288 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 12289 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12290 } else { 12291 EltTy = T; 12292 } 12293 12294 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12295 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12296 // value, then increment. 12297 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12298 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12299 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12300 ++EnumVal; 12301 12302 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12303 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12304 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12305 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12306 // integral type. 12307 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12308 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12309 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12310 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12311 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12312 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12313 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12314 } 12315 } 12316 } 12317 12318 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12319 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12320 // enumerator's type. 12321 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12322 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12323 } 12324 12325 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12326 Val, EnumVal); 12327 } 12328 12329 12330 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12331 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12332 AttributeList *Attr, 12333 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12334 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12335 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12336 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12337 12338 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12339 // we find one that is. 12340 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12341 12342 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12343 // scope. 12344 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12345 ForRedeclaration); 12346 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12347 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12348 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12349 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12350 PrevDecl = 0; 12351 } 12352 12353 if (PrevDecl) { 12354 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12355 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12356 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12357 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12358 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12359 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12360 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12361 else 12362 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12363 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12364 return 0; 12365 } 12366 } 12367 12368 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12369 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12370 // different from T: 12371 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12372 // enumerated type 12373 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12374 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12375 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12376 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12377 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12378 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12379 12380 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12381 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12382 12383 if (New) { 12384 // Process attributes. 12385 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12386 12387 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12388 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12389 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12390 } 12391 12392 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12393 12394 return New; 12395 } 12396 12397 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12398 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12399 // Element2 = Element1 12400 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12401 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12402 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12403 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12404 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12405 if (!InitExpr) 12406 return true; 12407 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12408 12409 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12410 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12411 return true; 12412 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12413 if (!IL) 12414 return true; 12415 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12416 return true; 12417 12418 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12419 } 12420 12421 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12422 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12423 if (!DRE) 12424 return true; 12425 12426 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12427 if (!EnumConstant) 12428 return true; 12429 12430 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12431 Enum) 12432 return true; 12433 12434 return false; 12435 } 12436 12437 struct DupKey { 12438 int64_t val; 12439 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12440 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12441 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12442 }; 12443 12444 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12445 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12446 false); 12447 } 12448 12449 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12450 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12451 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12452 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12453 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12454 } 12455 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12456 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12457 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12458 } 12459 }; 12460 12461 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12462 // a previous element has already been set to. 12463 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12464 EnumDecl *Enum, 12465 QualType EnumType) { 12466 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12467 Enum->getLocation()) == 12468 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12469 return; 12470 // Avoid anonymous enums 12471 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12472 return; 12473 12474 // Only check for small enums. 12475 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12476 return; 12477 12478 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12479 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12480 12481 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12482 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12483 ValueToVectorMap; 12484 12485 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12486 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12487 12488 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12489 // an initialier. 12490 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12491 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12492 12493 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12494 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12495 if (!ECD) { 12496 return; 12497 } 12498 12499 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12500 continue; 12501 12502 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12503 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12504 12505 // First time encountering this value. 12506 if (Entry.isNull()) 12507 Entry = ECD; 12508 } 12509 12510 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12511 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12512 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12513 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12514 continue; 12515 12516 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12517 12518 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12519 if (Entry.isNull()) 12520 continue; 12521 12522 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12523 // Ensure constants are different. 12524 if (D == ECD) 12525 continue; 12526 12527 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12528 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12529 Vec->push_back(D); 12530 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12531 12532 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12533 Entry = Vec; 12534 12535 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12536 // diagnostics. 12537 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12538 continue; 12539 } 12540 12541 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12542 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12543 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12544 continue; 12545 12546 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12547 } 12548 12549 // Emit diagnostics. 12550 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12551 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12552 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12553 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12554 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12555 12556 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12557 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12558 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12559 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12560 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12561 ++I; 12562 12563 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12564 // the same value. 12565 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12566 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12567 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12568 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12569 delete Vec; 12570 } 12571 } 12572 12573 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12574 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12575 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12576 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12577 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12578 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12579 12580 if (Attr) 12581 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12582 12583 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12584 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12585 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12586 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12587 if (!ECD) continue; 12588 12589 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12590 } 12591 12592 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12593 return; 12594 } 12595 12596 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12597 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12598 // emit a warning. 12599 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12600 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12601 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12602 12603 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12604 // reverse the list. 12605 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12606 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12607 12608 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12609 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12610 12611 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12612 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12613 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12614 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12615 12616 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12617 12618 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12619 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12620 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12621 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12622 else 12623 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12624 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12625 12626 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12627 if (AllElementsInt) 12628 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12629 } 12630 12631 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12632 QualType BestType; 12633 unsigned BestWidth; 12634 12635 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12636 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12637 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12638 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12639 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12640 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12641 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12642 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12643 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12644 QualType BestPromotionType; 12645 12646 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 12647 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12648 // enum definitions. 12649 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12650 Packed = true; 12651 12652 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12653 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12654 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12655 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12656 else 12657 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12658 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12659 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12660 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12661 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12662 } 12663 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12664 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12665 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12666 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12667 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12668 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12669 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12670 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12671 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12672 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12673 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12674 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12675 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12676 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12677 } else { 12678 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12679 12680 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12681 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12682 } else { 12683 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12684 12685 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12686 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12687 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12688 } 12689 } 12690 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12691 } else { 12692 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12693 // all of the enumerator values. 12694 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12695 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12696 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12697 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12698 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12699 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12700 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12701 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12702 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12703 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12704 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12705 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12706 BestPromotionType 12707 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12708 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12709 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12710 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12711 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12712 BestPromotionType 12713 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12714 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12715 } else { 12716 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12717 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12718 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12719 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12720 BestPromotionType 12721 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12722 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12723 } 12724 } 12725 12726 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12727 // the type of the enum if needed. 12728 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12729 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12730 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12731 12732 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12733 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12734 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12735 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12736 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12737 12738 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12739 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12740 12741 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12742 // the enum decl type. 12743 QualType NewTy; 12744 unsigned NewWidth; 12745 bool NewSign; 12746 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12747 !Enum->isFixed() && 12748 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12749 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12750 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12751 NewSign = true; 12752 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12753 // Already the right type! 12754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12755 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12756 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12757 // enumeration. 12758 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12759 continue; 12760 } else { 12761 NewTy = BestType; 12762 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12763 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12764 } 12765 12766 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12767 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12768 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12769 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12770 12771 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12772 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12773 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12774 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12775 CK_IntegralCast, 12776 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12777 /*base paths*/ 0, 12778 VK_RValue)); 12779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12780 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12781 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12782 // enumeration. 12783 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12784 else 12785 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12786 } 12787 12788 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12789 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12790 12791 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12792 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12793 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12794 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12795 12796 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12797 12798 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12799 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12800 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12801 } 12802 12803 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12804 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12805 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12806 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12807 12808 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12809 AsmString, StartLoc, 12810 EndLoc); 12811 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12812 return New; 12813 } 12814 12815 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12816 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12817 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12818 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12819 Module::AllVisible, 12820 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12821 if (!Mod) 12822 return true; 12823 12824 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12825 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12826 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12827 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12828 // We need the length to be consistent. 12829 if (!ModCheck) 12830 break; 12831 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12832 12833 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12834 } 12835 12836 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12837 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12838 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12839 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12840 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12841 return Import; 12842 } 12843 12844 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12845 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12846 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12847 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12848 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12849 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12850 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12851 12852 // Make the module visible. 12853 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12854 /*Complain=*/false); 12855 } 12856 12857 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12858 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12859 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12860 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12861 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12862 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12863 LookupOrdinaryName); 12864 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12865 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12866 12867 if (PrevDecl) 12868 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12869 else 12870 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12871 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12872 } 12873 12874 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12875 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12876 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12877 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12878 12879 if (PrevDecl) { 12880 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12881 } else { 12882 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12883 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12884 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12885 } 12886 } 12887 12888 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12889 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12890 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12891 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12892 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12893 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12894 LookupOrdinaryName); 12895 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12896 12897 if (PrevDecl) { 12898 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12899 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12900 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12901 } else { 12902 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12903 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12904 } 12905 } 12906 12907 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12908 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12909 } 12910 12911 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12912 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12913 return D->getAvailability(); 12914 } 12915